2 TENS

ç ÿ¥¬Õ¥ Grammaré
æ‘¡æå§√—Èß∑’Ë 1  ‘ßÀ“§¡ 2547

 ß«π≈‘¢ ‘∑∏‘ϵ“¡°ÆÀ¡“¬
Àâ“¡§—¥≈Õ°∂à“¬‡Õ° “√À√◊Õæ‘¡æå
À√◊Õ«‘∏’Àπ÷Ëß«‘∏’„¥¢ÕßÀπ—ß ◊Õ‡≈à¡π’È°àÕπ‰¥â√—∫Õπÿ≠“µ
®“°∫√‘…—∑  °“¬∫ÿä° å ®”°—¥

√“§“ 80 ∫“∑
¢âÕ¡Ÿ≈∑“ß∫√√≥“πÿ°√¡¢ÕßÀÕ ¡ÿ¥·Ààß™“µ‘
 ÿ¥¬Õ¥ Grammar -- °√ÿ߇∑æœ :  °“¬∫ÿä° å, 2547.
232 Àπâ“
1. ¿“…“Õ—ß°ƒ… -- ‰«¬“°√≥å I. ™◊ËÕ‡√◊ËÕß.
425
ISBN: 974-389-522-1
S7901-30-08-04

æ‘¡æå∑’Ë ∫√‘…—∑  ¬“¡ ªÕ√åµ ´‘𥑇§∑ ®”°—¥

459 ´Õ¬æ‘∫≈ Ÿ ¬åÕªÿ ∂—¡¿å (≈“¥æ√â“« 48) ·¢«ß “¡‡ ππÕ° ‡¢µÀ⫬¢«“ß °√ÿ߇∑æœ 10310
‚∑√»—æ∑å : 0-2694-3010
 Àπ—ß ◊Õ  ÿ¥¬Õ¥ Grammar ‡≈à¡π’È ‡ªìπÀπ—ß ◊Õ∑’Ë
√«∫√«¡ ‡√◊ËÕß Grammar À√◊Õ‰«¬“°√≥å¿“…“Õ—ß°ƒ…∑’πË Õâ ß Ê
®”‡ªìπ®–µâÕß„™â„π°“√‡√’¬π¿“…“Õ—ß°ƒ…‰«âÕ¬à“ߧ√∫∂â«π
°àÕπ∑’ÀË π—ß ◊Õ  ÿ¥¬Õ¥ Grammar ‡≈à¡π’®È –º≈‘µÕÕ°¡“
∑“ß∑’¡ß“π‰¥â¡À’ π—ß ◊Õ‡°’¬Ë «°—∫À≈—°°“√„™â‰«¬“°√≥å¿“…“Õ—ß°ƒ…
ÕÕ°¡“ 1 ‡≈à¡ π—πË §◊Õ  ÿ¥¬Õ¥ Tenses ´÷ßË ®–Õ∏‘∫“¬‡°’¬Ë «°—∫
√“¬≈–‡Õ’¬¥¢Õß Tenses ∑’ËπâÕß Ê ®”‡ªìπµâÕß„™â πÕ°®“°π—Èπ
∑“ß∑’¡ß“π¬—߉¥â‡≈Á߇ÀÁπ∂÷ߧ«“¡ ”§—≠¢Õ߉«¬“°√≥å¿“…“Õ—ß°ƒ…
®÷ß¡’¡µ‘√à«¡°—π«à“ ‡√“§«√∑”Àπ—ß ◊Õ∑’ˇ°’ˬ«°—∫‰«¬“°√≥åÕ◊Ëπ Ê
¢÷Èπ¡“ π—Ëπ°Á§◊Õ  ÿ¥¬Õ¥ Grammar µàÕ®“° ÿ¥¬Õ¥ Tenses
‡æ◊ËÕÕ∏‘∫“¬À≈—°°“√„™â Grammar  ”À√—∫°“√‡√’¬π¿“…“Õ—ß°ƒ…
Àπ—ß ◊Õ‡≈à¡π’È®÷߇À¡“– ”À√—∫πâÕß Ê ∑ÿ°§π∑’Ë π„®
„π¿“…“Õ—ß°ƒ… ‚¥¬¡’‡∑§π‘§·≈–‡§≈Á¥≈—∫µà“ß Ê ‡æ◊ËÕ‡ªìπµ—«
™à«¬„ÀâπâÕß Ê  “¡“√∂∑”§«“¡‡¢â“„®¿“…“Õ—ß°ƒ…‰¥âßà“¬¬‘Ëߢ÷Èπ
∑“ß∑’¡ß“πÀ«—߇ªìπÕ¬à“߬‘Ëß«à“πâÕß Ê ∑ÿ°§π®–‡°àß
¿“…“Õ—ß°ƒ…·≈– πÿ°°—∫¿“…“Õ—ß°ƒ…¡“°¢÷Èπ
ΩÉ“¬«‘™“°“√ ∫√‘…—∑  °“¬∫ÿä° å ®”°—¥
Unit 1 Nouns 5
Unit 2 Adjectives 14
Unit 3 Verbs 22
Unit 4 Adverbs 30
Unit 5 Prepositions 47
Unit 6 Comparison of Adjectives and Adverbs 65
Unit 7 Articles 74
Unit 8 Conjunctions 103
Unit 9 Punctuations and Capitalizations 121
Unit 10 Helping and Auxiliary Verbs 138
Unit 11 Question Words and Question 153
Unit 12 Tag Question 165
Unit 13 Active and Passive Voices 171
Unit 14 If Sentence and Subjunctive 177
Unit 15 Finite and Non-Finite Verbs 193
Unit 16 Word Building 211
§”π“¡ (Nouns) D
§”π“¡ §◊Õ §”∑’Ë„™â‡√’¬°§π  —µ«å  ‘ËߢÕß ·≈–
 ∂“π∑’Ë ‡™àπ
§π man woman Joy uncle
 —µ«å dog tiger bird pig
 ‘ËߢÕß book shoes chair cup
 ∂“π∑’Ë Ayutthaya Paris office village
§”π“¡·∫àßÕÕ°‡ªìπ 2 ª√–‡¿∑ §◊Õ D
1. §”π“¡π—∫‰¥â (Countable Nouns)
§◊ Õ §”π“¡∑’Ë „ ™â ‡ ≈¢®”π«π«“ߢ⠓ ßÀπâ “ §”π“¡
‡À≈à“π’ȉ¥â ‡™àπ a car, two spoons, three dollars §”π“¡
π—∫‰¥âπ’È®–‡ªìπ‰¥â∑—È߇հæ®πå·≈–æÀŸæ®πå
6  ÿ¥¬Õ¥ GRAM
GRAMMM AR

§”π“¡„π¿“…“Õ—ß°ƒ… à«π„À≠à®–‡ªìππ“¡π—∫‰¥â
1.1 π“¡π—∫‰¥â®–¡’ 2 √Ÿª §◊Õ√Ÿª‡Õ°æ®πå ‡¡◊ËÕ
°≈à“«∂÷ß∫ÿ§§≈À√◊Õ ‘Ëß„¥ ‘ËßÀπ÷Ëß ‡™àπ a pen,
the teacher ·≈–√ŸªæÀŸæ®πå ‡¡◊ËÕ°≈à“«∂÷ß
∫ÿ § §≈À√◊ Õ  ‘Ë ß ¢Õß∑’Ë ¡’ ¡ “°°«à “ Àπ÷Ë ß ‡™à π
two pens, some teachers
1.2 °“√‡ª≈’ˬπ§”π“¡„ÀâÕ¬Ÿà„π√ŸªæÀŸæ®πå
1.2.1 ‡µ‘¡ çsé À≈—ߧ”π“¡∑—Ë«‰ª
‡™àπ book books
size sizes
1.2.2 ‡µ‘¡ ç-esé À≈—ߧ”π“¡∑’Ë≈ß∑⓬¥â«¬
s, ss, ch, sh, x À√◊Õ z
‡™àπ gas gases
class classes
watch watches
dish dishes
box boxes
quiz quizes
 Nou ns 7
ouns

1.2.3 §”π“¡∫“ߧ”∑’≈Ë ß∑⓬¥â«¬ o ·≈–Àπâ“

o ‡ªìπ欗≠™π–„À⇵‘¡ çesé
‡™àπ potato potatoes
mango mangoes
buffalo buffaloes
1.2.4 §”π“¡∫“ߧ”∑’≈Ë ß∑⓬¥â«¬ o ·≈–Àπâ“
o ‡ªìπ √–§◊Õ a, e, i, o, u „À⇵‘¡
çsé
‡™àπ radio radios
bamboo bamboos
1.2.5 §”¬°‡«â𠧔∑’≈Ë ß∑⓬¥â«¬ o ·≈–Àπâ“
o ‡ªìπ欗≠™π–„À⇵‘¡ çsé
‡™àπ kilo kilos
piano pianos
casino casinos
photo photos
zero zeros
1.2.6 §”π“¡∑’Ë≈ß∑⓬¥â«¬ y ·≈–Àπâ“ y
‡ªìπ欗≠™π–„À⇪≈’¬Ë π y ‡ªìπ i ·≈â«
‡µ‘¡ çesé
8  ÿ¥¬Õ¥ GRAM
GRAMMM AR

‡™àπ country countries

lady ladies
study studies
1.2.7 §”π“¡∑’≈Ë ß∑⓬¥â«¬ y ·≈–Àπâ“ y ‡ªìπ
 √–„À⇵‘¡ çsé
‡™àπ day days
valley valleys
key keys
1.2.8 §”π“¡∫“ߧ”∑’Ë≈ß∑⓬¥â«¬ f À√◊Õ fe
„À⇪≈’ˬπ f À√◊Õ fe ‡ªìπ v ·≈⫇µ‘¡
çesé
‡™àπ shelf shelves
life lives
knife knives
1.2.9 §”¬°‡«â𠧔∑’Ë≈ß∑⓬¥â«¬ f À√◊Õ
fe ·≈–Àπâ“ f À√◊Õ fe ‡ªìπ √– „À⇵‘¡
çsé
‡™àπ roof roofs
proof proofs
 Nou ns 9
ouns

safe safes
chief chiefs
cliff cliffs
1.2.10 §”π“¡∫“ߧ”‡¡◊ÕË ‡ªìπ√ŸªæÀŸæ®πå®–
‡ª≈’ˬπ√Ÿª‰ª ‡™àπ
child children
woman women
mouse mice
1.2.11 §”π“¡∫“ߧ”¡’√Ÿª‡À¡◊Õπ°—π∑—Èß√Ÿª
‡Õ°æ®πå·≈–æÀŸæ®πå
‡™àπ fish fish
sheep sheep
salmon salmon
1.2.12 §”π“¡∫“ߧ”√Ÿ ª ‡Õ°æ®πå ·µà „ ™â
Õ¬à“ßæÀŸæ®πå
‡™àπ people ª√–™“™π
police µ”√«®
cattle ΩŸß«—«À√◊Õ§«“¬
 10  ÿ¥¬Õ¥ GRAM
GRAMMM AR

1.2.13 §”π“¡∫“ߧ”√ŸªæÀŸæ®πå ·≈–„™â

Õ¬à“ßæÀŸæ®π几¡Õ
‡™àπ goods  ‘π§â“
trousers °“߇°ß¢“¬“«
arms Õ“«ÿ∏
1.3 §”π“¡∑’πË ∫— ‰¥â∑¡’Ë √’ ªŸ ‡ªìπ‡Õ°æ®πå¡°— ‰¡àÕ¬Ÿµà “¡
≈”æ— ß ·µà®–¡’ determiner ‡™à π a, the,
another, every ‡™àπ
Weûve killed a pig.
He was eating another apple.
1.4 §”π“¡∑’πË ∫— ‰¥âÕ¬Ÿ„à π√ŸªæÀŸæ®πå Õ“®¡’À√◊Õ‰¡à¡’
determiner °Á‰¥â À“°°≈à“«∂÷ß ‘ßË ¢ÕßÀ√◊Õ§π„π
§«“¡À¡“¬∑—Ë«‰ª ‰¡àµâÕß¡’ determiner
‡™àπ Does the hotel have large rooms ?
The film is not suitable for children.

À“°¡’°“√°≈à“«√–∫ÿ™™’È ¥— ≈߉ª §”π“¡æÀŸæ®πå

∑’Ëπ—∫‰¥â®–µâÕß¡’ determiner
 Nou ns 11
ouns

‡™àπ These cats are pretty.

Our computers are very
expensive.
1.5 ‡¡◊Ë Õ §”π“¡π— ∫ ‰¥â ‡ ªì π ª√–∏“π¢Õß°√‘ ¬ “„π
ª√–‚¬§π—πÈ §”π“¡‡Õ°æ®πå π—ÈπµâÕß„™â°√‘¬“
‡Õ°æ®πå ·≈–∂ⓧ”π“¡π—πÈ ‡ªìπæÀŸæ®πåµÕâ ß„™â
°√‘¬“æÀŸæ®πå
My son likes playing football.
The address on the letter was wrong.
2. §”π“¡π—∫‰¡à‰¥â (Uncountable Nouns)
2.1 §”π“¡π—∫‰¡à‰¥âπ‰’È ¡à “¡“√∂π—∫‰¥â‚¥¬µ√ß ®–
¡’≈—°…≥–‡ªìππ“¡∏√√¡ ‰¥â·°à
coal food ice iron rice
water pride relief life fun
courage cruelty beauty steel death etc.
2.2 §”π“¡π—∫‰¡à‰¥â®–‰¡à¡√’ ªŸ æÀŸæ®πå (‡µ‘¡ s ‰¡à‰¥â)
I needed help with my homework.
2.3 §”π“¡π—∫‰¡à‰¥â∫“ߧ”≈ß∑⓬¥â«¬ s ‡À¡◊Õπ
§”π“¡æÀŸæ®πåπ—∫‰¥â ‡™àπ
 12  ÿ¥¬Õ¥ GRAM
GRAMMM AR

Mathematics Physics Athletics

Gymnastics cards darts
measles mumps
2.4 ‡¡◊ËÕ§”π“¡π—∫‰¡à‰¥â∑”Àπâ“∑’ˇªìπª√–∏“πµâÕß
„™â°√‘¬“‡Õ°æ®πå ‡™àπ
Electricity is dangerous.
2.5 §”π“¡π—∫‰¡à‰¥â®–‰¡à¡’ a π”Àπâ“
They resent having to pay money to people
like me.
2.6 ®–‰¡à¡’‡≈¢®”π«ππ—∫π”Àπâ“ ·µàÕ“®„™â§”∑’Ë¡’
§«“¡À¡“¬∂÷ߪ√‘¡“≥π”Àπâ“
‡™àπ some any
much a little
most almost
À¡“¬‡Àµÿ Õ“À“√À√◊Õ‡§√‘Õ◊Ë ß¥◊¡Ë Õ“®¡’§”∫Õ°ª√‘¡“≥‰¥â ‡™àπ
Do you like coffee ? (π—∫‰¡à‰¥â)
We would like two cups of coffee. (π—∫‰¥â)
 Nou ns 13
ouns

·≈–„™â°—∫ a lot of a glass of a bar of

packets of a piece of a bit of
a loaf of
2.7 §”π“¡∫“ߧ”‡ªìπ§”π“¡π—∫‰¡à‰¥â‡¡◊ËÕ°≈à“«
‚¥¬∑—«Ë ‰ª ·µà‡¡◊ÕË °≈à“«‚¥¬‡©æ“–‡®“–®ß®–‡ªìπ
§”π“¡π—∫‰¥â ‡™àπ
Victory was now assured. (π—∫‰¡à‰¥â)
In 1960, the party won a convincing victory.
(π—∫‰¥â)

Unit 2 ∆
 14  ÿ¥¬Õ¥ GRAM
GRAMMM AR

§”§ÿ≥»—æ∑å (Adjectives) D
Adjectives ‡ªìπ§”∑’‡Ë √“π”¡“¢¬“¬§”π“¡À√◊Õ§”
 √√æπ“¡°Á‰¥â ‡æ◊ËÕ· ¥ß∂÷ß≈—°…≥– §ÿ≥ ¡∫—µ‘À√◊Õ®”π«π
¢Õßπ“¡
™π‘¥¢Õß Adjectives ∑’ËπâÕß Ê „™â∫àÕ¬¡’∑—ÈßÀ¡¥ 8 ™π‘¥
§◊Õ D
1. Descriptive Adjective
§◊Õ§”§ÿ≥»—æ∑å∑’ËπâÕß„™â∫Õ°∂÷ß≈—°…≥– §ÿ≥¿“æ
¢π“¥  ’ √Ÿª√à“ß ¢Õߧ”π“¡∑’Ë¡—πª√–°Õ∫ ‡™àπ
good ¥’
bad ‡≈«
big „À≠à
 Adjectives 15

small ‡≈Á°
clean  –Õ“¥
dirty  °ª√°
beautiful  «¬
ugly ¢’ȇÀ≈à
old ·°à
new „À¡à
rich √«¬
poor ®π
‡™àπ Methinee is beautiful.
Paradorn is a good tennis player.
This house is very big.
‡√“¡’À≈—°°“√‡√’¬ß≈”¥—∫§”§ÿ≥»—æ∑å‡æ◊ÕË √«¡‡ªìπ
ª√–‚¬§ ‰¥â¥—ßπ’È
1. ∂â“¡’§”∑’Ë∫Õ°∑’Ë¡“ «— ¥ÿ  ’ ®ÿ¥ª√– ß§å §”π“¡
‡√“ “¡“√∂‡√’¬ß„À⇪ìπª√–‚¬§ ¥—ßπ’È
§”§ÿ≥»—æ∑å ∑’Ë¡“ «— ¥ÿ ®ÿ¥ª√– ß§å §”π“¡
∑’Ë∫Õ° ’
black England leather sport shirt
yellow New Zealand silk business tie
 16  ÿ¥¬Õ¥ GRAM
GRAMMM AR

2. ∂â“¡’§”∑’Ë∫Õ°¢π“¥ §«“¡ Ÿß §«“¡¬“« ‡√“®–

µâÕßπ”¡“«“߉«âÀπâ“ ’ ∑’Ë¡“ «— ¥ÿ ®ÿ¥ª√– ß§å §”π“¡ ¥—ßπ’È
a big red car
a thin white ruler
3. ∂â“¡’§”«à“ first, second, last À√◊Õ next ‡√“®–
µâÕßπ”¡“«“߉«âÀπâ“®”π«ππ—∫ ‡™àπ
the first three weeks
the next two cars
2. Proper Adjective
§◊Õ§”∑’Ë∫àß∫Õ°∂÷߇™◊ÈÕ™“µ‘ ‡ªì𧔻—æ∑å∑’Ë¡“®“°™◊ËÕ
¢Õߪ√–‡∑»À√◊Õ∑’ˇªìπ§”π“¡ ‡™àπ
Noun Adjectives
Thailand Thai §π‰∑¬
Japan Japaneses §π≠’˪ÿÉπ
China Chinese §π®’π
England English §πÕ—ß°ƒ…
Spain Spanish §π ‡ªπ
‡™àπ The English language is used by every nation.
 Adjectives 17

3. Quantitative Adjective
§◊Õ §”∑’∫Ë Õ°∂÷ߪ√‘¡“≥ «à“§”π“¡∑’¢Ë ¬“¬π—πÈ ¡’¡“°
πâÕ¬‡∑à“„¥ ‡™àπ
some ∫â“ß much ¡“°
little πâÕ¬ enough ‡æ’¬ßæÕ
all ∑—ÈßÀ¡¥ no ‰¡à¡’
any ∫â“ß whole ∑—ÈßÀ¡¥
‡™àπ Give me some fruit.
I do not have enough money.
4. Numberal Adjective
§◊Õ §”∑’Ë∫Õ°®”π«ππ—∫ ≈”¥—∫∑’Ë ·≈–®”π«π∑’ˉ¡à
·πàπÕπ
4.1 ®”π«ππ—∫ ‰¥â·°à one, two, three, four, five .....
4.2 ≈”¥—∫∑’Ë ‰¥â·°à first, second, third, fourth, fifth .....
‡™àπ He is the second son.
4.3 ®”π«π∑’ˉ¡à·πàπÕπ ‰¥â·°à
‡™àπ Some roses are double.
many ¡“°
much ¡“°
 18  ÿ¥¬Õ¥ GRAM
GRAMMM AR

double ∑—Èß Õß
few / a few πâÕ¬, ®”π«ππâÕ¬,  Õß “¡
several À≈“¬
a little / little ‡≈Á°πâÕ¬
all ∑—ÈßÀ¡¥
no ‰¡à¡’
some ∫â“ß
enough ‡æ’¬ßæÕ
I have two cats.
I like some vegetable.
5. Demonstrative Adjective
‡ªì𧔻—æ∑噒ȇ©æ“– ‡æ◊ËÕ∫Õ°„Àâ‡√“∑√“∫«à“ ‡√“
À¡“¬∂÷ߧ”π“¡„¥ ‰¥â·°à
this (π’È) „™â°∫— §”π“¡‡Õ°æ®πå∑Õ’Ë ¬Ÿ„à °≈â
that (π—Èπ) „™â°∫— §”π“¡‡Õ°æ®πå∑Õ’Ë ¬Ÿ‰à °≈
these (‡À≈à“π’)È „™â°—∫§”π“¡æÀŸæ®πå∑’ËÕ¬Ÿà„°≈â
those (‡À≈à“π—Èπ) „™â°∫— §”π“¡æÀŸæ®πå∑Õ’Ë ¬Ÿ‰à °≈
This is my car.
Those dogs are theirs.
 Adjectives 19

6. Possessive Adjective
‡ªì𧔧ÿ≥»—æ∑å∑’Ë„™â· ¥ß§«“¡‡ªìπ‡®â“¢Õß ‡√“
®–µâÕß«“߉«âÀπⓧ”π“¡∑’ˇ√“µâÕß°“√∫√√¬“¬ ‰¥â·°à
my ¢Õß©—π
her ¢Õ߇∏Õ
his ¢Õ߇¢“
its ¢Õß¡—π
your ¢Õߧÿ≥
our ¢Õßæ«°‡√“
their ¢Õ߇¢“‡À≈à“π—Èπ
This is my car.
Your pen is under the chair.
7. Interrogative Adjective
‡ªì𧔧ÿ≥»—æ∑å∫Õ°§”∂“¡„™â«“߉«âÀπ⓪√–‚¬§
·≈–µ“¡¥â«¬§”π“¡∑’ˇ√“µâÕß°“√∂“¡∂÷ß ‰¥â·°à
what
which
whose
‡™àπ Which way shall we go ?
 20  ÿ¥¬Õ¥ GRAM
GRAMMM AR

8. Distributive Adjective
‡ªì𧔧ÿ≥»—æ∑å∑’ˇ√“„™â·∫àß·¬°π“¡ÕÕ°®“°°—π
‡ªìπ°≈ÿà¡ Ê ‡ªìπ™‘Èπ À√◊Õ‡ªìπÕ—π ‰¥â·°à
each
every
either
neither
‡™àπ Either side is a narrow lane.
Neither accusation is true.
«‘∏„’ ™â Adjective ∑’πË Õâ ß Ê  “¡“√∂𔉪„™â„πª√–‚¬§
‰¥â¡¥’ ß— π’È D
1. ‡√“ “¡“√∂π” Adjective ‰ª‰«âÀπⓧ”π“¡∑’ˇ√“
µâÕß°“√¢¬“¬‚¥¬µ√ß ‡™àπ
- It is a white dog.
adj. n.
- There is a young lady in a beautiful garden.
adj. n. adj. n.
2. ‡√“π”¡“«“߉«âÀ≈—ß verb to be À√◊Õµ“¡À≈—ߧ”
°√‘¬“µàÕ‰ªπ’È
 Adjectives 21

look, feel, seem, get, taste, smell, go keep,

become, sound, appear etc. ‚¥¬§”‡À≈à“π’È®–∑”
Àπâ“∑’Ë¢¬“¬ª√–∏“π„πª√–‚¬§π—È𠇙àπ
- Fried rice tasted good.
- You look smart today.
3. Adjective ∑’ˇ√“𔉪¢¬“¬§” √√æπ“¡‡À≈à“π’È
‡√“®–µâÕß𔉪‰«â¢â“ßÀ≈—ß ‡™àπ
someone everybody anything
somebody everything no one
something everywhere nothing
‡™àπ - She had something special.
4. Adjective µ—Èß·µà 2 µ—«¢÷Èπ‰ª∑’ˇ√“π”¡“¢¬“¬
§”π“¡µ—«‡¥’¬« ‡√“ “¡“√∂«“߉«âÀπâ“À√◊ÕÀ≈—ߧ”π“¡π—πÈ °Á‰¥â
·µà«“à ‡√“®–µâÕßπ” çandé ¡“§—πË ‰«âÀπâ“ Adjective µ—« ÿ¥∑⓬
‡ ¡Õ ‡™àπ
- Her son has a dog new, big and brown.

Unit 3 ∆
 22  ÿ¥¬Õ¥ GRAM
GRAMMM AR

§”°√‘¬“ (Verbs) D
§”°√‘¬“ (Verbs) §◊Õ §”∑’Ë„™â· ¥ß∂÷ß°“√°√–∑”
À√◊Õ°“√∂Ÿ°°√–∑”¢Õߧ”∑’ˇªìπª√–∏“π À√◊Õ Õ¥·∑√°‡¢â“¡“
‡æ◊ÕË ∑”Àπâ“∑’™Ë «à ¬°√‘¬“µ—«Õ◊πË „Àâ„®§«“¡™—¥‡®π„π‡√◊ÕË ß°“≈‡«≈“
·≈–Õ“√¡≥å ´÷Ëß·∫àßÕÕ°‡ªìπ 5 ™π‘¥ §◊Õ
1. Transitive Verb ( °√√¡°√‘¬“)
§◊Õ °√‘¬“∑’˵âÕß°“√°√√¡¡“√Õß√—∫ ‡æ◊ËÕ§«“¡
 ¡∫Ÿ√≥å¢Õߪ√–‚¬§ ‡™àπ
buy write speak hit kick
look at order open close wash
‡™àπ My father gave me some money.
He looks at that dog.
 Verbs 23

2. Intransitive Verb (Õ°√√¡°√‘¬“)

§◊Õ °√‘¬“∑’ˉ¡àµâÕß°“√°√√¡√Õß√—∫ °Á ¡∫Ÿ√≥å¥â«¬
°√‘¬“‡Õß ‡™àπ
go come run sleep sit
stand fly dance inhale exhale
‡™àπ Mary goes to Paris.
3. Finite Verb (°√‘¬“·∑â)
§◊Õ °√‘¬“∑’Ë„™â‡ªìπ à«π ”§—≠¢Õߪ√–‚¬§ ´÷Ëß∑ÿ°
ª√–‚¬§®”‡ªìπµâÕß¡’°√‘¬“À≈—° À√◊Õ Finite Verb ´÷Ëß®–
‡ª≈’Ë¬π‰ªµ“¡ª√–∏“π·≈–°“≈‡«≈“ ‡™àπ
He walks to school. He walked to school.
(‡¢“‡¥‘π¡“‚√߇√’¬π) (‡¢“‡¥‘π¡“‚√߇√’¬π·≈â«)
He is walking to school.
(‡¢“°”≈—߇¥‘π¡“‚√߇√’¬π)
4. Non-Finite Verb (°√‘¬“‰¡à·∑â)
Non-Finite Verb §◊Õ °√‘¬“‰¡à·∑â π”¡“∑”Àπâ“∑’‡Ë ªìπ
Noun, Adjective ·≈– Adverb ·∫à߇ªìπ 3 ™π‘¥ §◊Õ Infinitive,
Gerund ·≈– Participle
 24  ÿ¥¬Õ¥ GRAM
GRAMMM AR

4.1 Infinitive §◊◊Õ °√‘¬“∑’Ë¡’ to π”Àπâ“ (to π”

Àπâ“°√‘¬“ Simple Form) ‡™àπ to go, to work,
to play, to buy etc. À√◊Õ®–‰¡à¡’ to π”Àπâ“
°Á‰¥â „π°√≥’∑ª’Ë √–‚¬§π—πÈ ¡’°√‘¬“·∑â∑µ’Ë Õâ ß°“√
Infinitive ∑’ˉ¡à¡’ to (Infinitive without to)
‡™àπ
Let me go! go ‡ªìπ Infinitive without to ‡æ√“–
µ“¡À≈—ß°√‘¬“ let
‚¥¬∑—«Ë ‰ª Infinitive À¡“¬∂÷ß Form (√Ÿª) ¢Õß Verb
™π‘¥Àπ÷ßË ∑’„Ë ™â„πª√–‚¬§∑’¡Ë °’ √‘¬“µ—ßÈ ·µà 2 µ—«¢÷πÈ ‰ª °√‘¬“µ—«∑’Ë
2 ®–µâÕß¡’√Ÿª‡ªìπ Infinitive „𧫓¡À¡“¬¢Õß çin order
toé  à«π®–¡’ to À√◊Õ‰¡àπ—Èπ ¢÷ÈπÕ¬Ÿà°—∫°√‘¬“µ—«∑’ËÕ¬Ÿà¢â“ßÀπâ“
µ“¡ª°µ‘°√‘¬“µ—«∑’Ë 2 „π·µà≈–ª√–‚¬§®–µâÕßπ”Àπⓥ⫬ to
Infinitive ¡’¢âÕ¬°‡«âπ∑’ˉ¡àµâÕß„™â to π”Àπâ“°√‘¬“µ—«∑’Ë 2 „π
°√≥’∑’˵“¡À≈—ß°√‘¬“µàÕ‰ªπ’È §◊Õ
let feel hear watch
see help make observe
‚¥¬®–¡’√Ÿªª√–‚¬§∑—Ë« Ê ‰ª‡ªìπ
 Verbs 25

Subject +
}let
feel
hear
watch
observe
see
help
make
}
+ Object + Simple Form

‡™àπ I let him go.

°√‘¬“∑’„Ë ™â°∫— Infinitive ·∫àßÕÕ°‡ªìπ 3 °≈à¡ÿ §◊Õ
1. Verb + Infinitive
2. Verb + Pronoun (Noun) + Infinitive
3. Verb + Infinitive ·≈– Verb + Pronoun (Noun) +
Infinitive
- Verb + Infinitive ‰¥â·°à°√‘¬“∑’˵“¡¥â«¬
Infinitive ¡’¥—ßπ’ȧ◊Õ
care decide forget hope
deserve endeavor learn mean
 26  ÿ¥¬Õ¥ GRAM
GRAMMM AR

- Verb + Pronoun (Noun) + Infinitive 䴉ᡈ

°√‘¬“ 2 µ—« ∑’Ë¡’ √√æπ“¡À√◊Õπ“¡§—Ëπ°√‘¬“µ—«ÀπⓇªìπ°√‘¬“
„π°≈ÿà¡π’È °√‘¬“µ—«∑’˵“¡¡“´÷ËßÕ¬ŸàÀ≈—ߧ” √√æπ“¡À√◊Õπ“¡
®–‡ªìπ Infinitive ¡’¥—ßπ’È §◊Õ
advise cause encourage force
get instruct invite oblige
order persuade remind teach
tell urge warm etc.
- Verb + Infinitive ·≈– Verb + Pronoun (noun) +
Infinitive ‰¥â·°à°√‘¬“∑’Ë®–µ“¡¥â«¬ Infinitive ‡≈¬À√◊Õ®–¡’
§” √√æπ“¡ À√◊Õπ“¡§—Ëπ·≈⫵“¡¥â«¬ Infinitive °Á‰¥â §◊Õ
‡ªìπ‰¥â∑—Èß 2 ·∫∫ ¥—ßπ’ȧ◊Õ
ask beg expect promise want wish
4.2 Gerund §◊Õ °√‘¬“√Ÿª - ing Form ∑’˵“¡À≈—ß
Preposition (∫ÿæ∫∑) ¡’Àπâ“∑’ˇªìπ°√√¡¢Õß
∫ÿæ∫∑‡æ◊ÕË ¢¬“¬§«“¡„πª√–‚¬§„À♥— ‡®π¢÷πÈ
‡™àπ
After finishing my shopping, I went home.
(finishing ‡ªìπ°√√¡¢Õß∫ÿæ∫∑ after)
 Verbs 27

‚¥¬ª°µ‘§”∑’ËÕ¬ŸàÀ≈—ߧ”∫ÿæ∫∑®–µâÕ߇ªìπ§”π“¡
À≈—ß √√æπ“¡ ‡æ√“–∑”Àπâ“∑’ˇªìπ°√√¡µ“¡À≈—ß∫ÿæ∫∑
¥—ßπ—È𧔰√‘¬“®–µ“¡À≈—ߧ”∫ÿæ∫∑‡≈¬‰¡à‰¥â πÕ°®“°®–∑”
„À⇪ìπ Gerund (- ing Form)
¢âÕ§«√®” F ¡’§”°√‘¬“Õ¬Ÿà°≈àÿ¡Àπ÷Ëß∑’Ë®–µâÕß
µ“¡¥â«¬°√‘¬“∑’Ë¡’√Ÿª -ing Form ‡ ¡Õ ·≈–®–‰¡à„™â Infinitive
µ“¡À≈—ß°√‘¬“°≈àÿ¡π’È ‰¥â·°à
enjoy avoid risk stop finish
insist on consider give up suggest admit
detest escape get through resist imagine
keep recent miss postpone practice
appreciate deny quit
πÕ°®“°π’Ȭ—ß¡’°√‘¬“Õ’°°≈ÿà¡Àπ÷Ëß∑’˵“¡‰¥â¥â«¬∑—Èß
°√‘¬“ -ing Form ·≈–°√‘¬“ Infinitive °√‘¬“°≈ÿà¡π’ȉ¥â·°à
begin continue dislike dread prefer
intend like neglect plan start
4.3 Participle ‡ªìπ Verb ∑’‡Ë µ‘¡ ing ·≈– ed À√◊Õ
Verb ™àÕß∑’Ë 3
 28  ÿ¥¬Õ¥ GRAM
GRAMMM AR

4.3.1 -ed Form ‰¥â·°à °√‘¬“™àÕß∑’Ë 3 ∑’Ë„™â°—∫

Perfect Tense ´÷Ëß¡’∑—È߇µ‘¡ -ed ‡™àπ
worked, helped ·≈–‡ª≈’ˬπ√Ÿª‰ª‡≈¬
‡™àπ go ‡ªìπ gone ‡ªìπµâπ
4.3.2 -ing Form ‰¥â·°à °√‘¬“ Simple Form
∑’ˇµ‘¡ -ing ‡™àπ walking, working
πÕ°®“°®–„™â°—∫ Progressive Tense
·≈⫬—ß„™â‡ªìπ Present Participle ·≈–
Gerund ´÷Ë ß ∑”Àπâ “ ∑’Ë § ≈â “ ¬§”π“¡
‰¥â¥â«¬ ‡™àπ
Verbs ∑’˵“¡À≈—ß feel, hear, see ·≈– watch
πÕ°®“°®–‡ªìπ Infinitive without to ·≈⫬—ßµ“¡¥â«¬
Present Participle ‰¥âÕ’°¥â«¬

Subject +
} feel
hear
see
watch
} + Object + Present Participle
 Verbs 29

5. Auxiliary Verb
Auxiliary Verb À√◊Õ Helping verb §◊Õ °√‘¬“πÿ‡§√“–Àå
À√◊Õ°√‘¬“™à«¬ ‡æ◊ËÕ„À⇪ìπª√–‚¬§§”∂“¡ ª√–‚¬§ªØ‘‡ ∏
À√◊Õ∫Õ°°“≈‡«≈“ ·≈–°“√§“¥§–‡π ¥—ßπ’È
Verb to be = is, am, are, was, were
Verb to have = has, have, had
Verb to do = do, does, did, done
= will, would
= shall, should
= can, could
= may, might
= must
= need (‡ªìπ‰¥â∑—Èß°√‘¬“·∑â·≈–
°√‘¬“™à«¬)
= dare
= ought to
= used to

Unit 4 ∆
 30  ÿ¥¬Õ¥ GRAM
GRAMMM AR

§”°√‘¬“«‘‡»…≥å (Adverbs) D
§”°√‘¬“«‘‡»…≥å (Adverbs) ‡ªìπ§”∑’∫Ë Õ°√“¬≈–‡Õ’¬¥
‡æ‘Ë¡‡µ‘¡‡°’ˬ«°—∫§”°√‘¬“À√◊Õ§”§ÿ≥»—æ∑å §”°√‘¬“«‘‡»…≥å
·∫àßÕÕ°‡ªìπ 5 ª√–‡¿∑À≈—° ‰¥â·°à
1. Adverb of Manner
§◊Õ °≈àÿ¡§”°√‘¬“«‘‡»…≥å∑’Ë∫√√¬“¬«à“ °√‘¬“π—Èπ
‡°‘¥¢÷πÈ „π≈—°…≥–„¥ ‡ªìπ§”∑’„Ë ™âµÕ∫§”∂“¡ çhowé µ—«Õ¬à“ß
¢Õߧ” Adverb of Manner ‡™àπ
beautifully carefully slowly softly fast
quickly happily bravely hard well
 Adverbs 31

 à«π¡“° Adverb of manner ·≈– Adverb of degree

∫“ßµ—«¡’√ªŸ øÕ√å¡¡“®“° Adjective ‚¥¬°“√‡µ‘¡ -ly ≈ß∑⓬§”
Adjective π—Èπ‡™àπ
slow - slowly
grave - gravely
bad - badly
¢âÕ —߇°µ‡°’ˬ«°—∫°“√‡µ‘¡ -ly
1. ∂â“ Adjective ≈ß∑⓬¥â«¬ çyé „À⇪≈’¬Ë π y ‡ªìπ
i ·≈⫇µ‘¡ -ly ‡™àπ
dry - drily
ready - readily
merry - merrily
2. ∂â“ Adjective ≈ß∑⓬¥â«¬ çeé „À⇵‘¡ -ly ‰¥â‡≈¬
‡™àπ
extreme - extremely
sincere - sincerely
‡«âπ·µà F true - truly
due - duly
whole - wholly
 32  ÿ¥¬Õ¥ GRAM
GRAMMM AR

3. ∂â“ Adjective ≈ß∑⓬¥â«¬ able , ible „Àâµ—¥

çeé ∑‘Èß·≈⫇µ‘¡ çyé ‡™àπ
sensible - sensibly
capable - capably
simple - simply
4. ∂â“ Adjective ≈ß∑⓬¥â«¬ -ic „À⇵‘¡ -ally ‡™àπ
automatic - automatically
ironic - ironically
drastic - drastically
5. ∂â“ Adjective ≈ß∑⓬¥â«¬ l ·≈– l
π—πÈ µ“¡À≈—ß √–°àÕπ‡µ‘¡ -y „À⇵‘¡ l Õ’°µ—« ‡™àπ
final - finally
beautiful - beautifully
¢âÕ¬°‡«âπ D
1. Adverb ¢Õß good §◊Õ well
2. §” Adjective ∑’Ë≈ß∑⓬¥â«¬ ly Õ¬à“߇™àπ friendly,
lovely, lonely, likely, lowly ‰¡à¡’√Ÿª∑’ˇªìπ Adverb ¥—ßπ—Èπ
∂â“®–„™â§”‡À≈à“π’È ®÷ßµâÕß„™â Adverb À√◊Õ Adverb phrase
Õ◊Ëπ·∑𠇙àπ
 Adverbs 33

likely (adj.) - probably (adv.)

3. §”∑’ˇªìπ‰¥â∑—Èß Adjective ·≈– Adverb §◊Õ
high low deep near far
fast hard early late much
little leisurely kindly wide last
very loud wrong
4. §” Adverbs highly, lowly, deeply, nearly,
hardly, lately ´÷Ëß¡“®“° Adjective ‡À≈à“π’È ¡’§«“¡À¡“¬
·§∫°«à“ Adjective √Ÿª‡¥‘¡¢Õß¡—𠇙àπ highly „™â„𧫓¡
√Ÿâ ÷°·∫∫π“¡∏√√¡‡∑à“π—È𠇙àπ
He was highly placed. (He had an important of him.)
They spoke very highly of him.
(À¡“¬∂÷ß°“√查¬°¬àÕß„πµ—«‡¢“)
lowly = humble =  ÿ¿“æ, ∂àÕ¡µ—«
nearly = almost = ‡°◊Õ∫®–
lately = recently = ‡¡◊ËÕ‡√Á« Ê π’È
deeply =  à«π„À≠à„™â°—∫§«“¡√Ÿâ ÷°
5. warmly, hotly, coolly, coldly, presently,
shortly, scarely ·≈– barely ¡’§«“¡À¡“¬µà“ß®“°§”
Adjective ‡¥‘¡¢Õß¡—π‡™àπ
 34  ÿ¥¬Õ¥ GRAM
GRAMMM AR

She welcomed me warmly. (warmly = in a friendly way)

À≈àÕπµâÕπ√—∫©—πÕ¬à“ßÕ∫Õÿàπ (‡ªìπ°—π‡Õߥ’)
µ”·ÀπàߢÕß Adverbs of manner
‡™àπ quickly, bravely, happily, hard, fast, well etc.
µ“¡ª°µ‘«“߉«âÀ≈—ß°√√¡µ√ß (Direct Object) À√◊Õ
«“߉«âÀ≈—ß°√‘¬“ (Verb) ‡™àπ
She speaks English well.
He walks quickly.
2. Adverb of Place
§◊Õ°≈ÿࡧ”°√‘¬“«‘‡»…≥å∑’˵Õ∫§”∂“¡ çWhereé
‡ªì𧔫≈’∑’ËÕ∏‘∫“¬‡æ‘Ë¡‡µ‘¡«à“°√‘¬“∑’Ë查∂÷߇°‘¥¢÷Èπ∑’ˉÀ𠇙àπ
çhereé, çthereé ‡ªìπµâπ
µ—«Õ¬à“ß
My uncle lives here.
John left your books over there.
§”°√‘¬“«‘‡»…≥å çhereé ∫Õ° ∂“π∑’‡Ë °‘¥¢Õß°√‘¬“
çliveé
§”°√‘¬“«‘‡»…≥å çthereé ∫Õ° ∂“π∑’‡Ë °‘¥¢Õß°√‘¬“
çlefté
 Adverbs 35

§”°√‘¬“«‘‡»…≥åª√–‡¿∑π’È®–«“ß„πµ”·Àπà“À≈—ß
§”°√‘¬“‡ ¡Õ
µ”·ÀπàߢÕß Adverbs of place
‡™àπ hear, there, everywhere, up, down, near, by
Adverb of place ®–«“߉«âÀ≈—ß°√√¡µ√ßÀ√◊ÕÀ≈—ß°√‘¬“
‡™àπ He looked everywhere.
They built the house here.
À¡“¬‡Àµÿ 1. ∂â“„πª√–‚¬§¡’ Adverb of manner Õ¬Ÿà¥â«¬
Adverb of place ®–Õ¬Ÿàµ“¡À≈—ß ‡™àπ
He played well there.
2. nowhere  à«π„À≠à„™â„π°“√µÕ∫ —Èπ Ê ‡™àπ
Where are you going ? Nowhere
(Iûm not going anywhere.)
3. Adverbs of Time
§◊Õ°≈ÿ¡à §”°√‘¬“«‘‡»…≥å∑‡’Ë ªì𧔵Õ∫ ”À√—∫§”∂“¡
çwhené ‡ªìπ§”À√◊Õ«≈’∑’Ë∫Õ°«à“°√‘¬“∑’Ë查‡°‘¥¢÷Èπ‡¡◊ËÕ‰√ ‡™àπ
çyesterdayé, çlast nighté ‡ªìπµâπ
µ—«Õ¬à“ß
I went swimming yesterday.
Jenny had dinner with Mike last night.
 36  ÿ¥¬Õ¥ GRAM
GRAMMM AR

§”°√‘¬“«‘‡»…≥å çyesterdayé ∫Õ°«à“°√‘¬“ çwenté

‡°‘¥¢÷Èπ‡¡◊ËÕ«“ππ’È
§”°√‘¬“«‘‡»…≥å çlast nighté ∫Õ°«à“°√‘¬“ çhadé
‡°‘¥¢÷πÈ ‡¡◊ÕË §◊ππ’È
µ—«Õ¬à“ߢÕߧ”°√‘¬“«‘‡»…≥åª√–‡¿∑π’È ‰¥â·°à last
month, tomorrow, next week, today, next day, next
wednesday
≈—°…≥–摇»…¢Õߧ”°√‘¬“«‘‡»…≥åª√–‡¿∑π’È §◊Õ
πÕ°®“°®–«“ßÕ¬Ÿà„πµ”·Àπàß∑⓬ª√–‚¬§·≈â« ¬—ß “¡“√∂
«“߉«âÀπ⓪√–‚¬§‰¥â¥â«¬ ‡™àπ
Yesterday I went swimming.
Last night Jenny had dinner with Mike.
µ”·ÀπàߢÕß Adverbs of time
‡™àπ now, soon, yet, still, then, today
µ“¡ª°µ‘«“߉«âµÕπµâπª√–‚¬§À√◊Õ∑⓬ª√–‚¬§
À√◊Õ∑⓬ clause ·µàπ‘¬¡«“߉«â∑⓬ª√–‚¬§¡“°°«à“
yet ·≈– still „™â·µ°µà“ß°—π‡≈Á°πâÕ¬ §◊Õ
- yet «“߉«â∑⓬ª√–‚¬§ ¡’§«“¡À¡“¬«à“ 笗ßé
 à«π„À≠à„™â°—∫ª√–‚¬§ªØ‘‡ ∏À√◊Õª√–‚¬§§”∂“¡ ·µà®–‰¡à
„™â°—∫ª√–‚¬§∫Õ°‡≈à“ ‡™àπ
 Adverbs 37

He left home at seven and hasnût returned yet.

(‡¢“ÕÕ°®“°∫â“π‰ªµ—ßÈ ·µà‡®Á¥π“Ãî°“·≈–¬—߉¡à°≈—∫
¡“‡≈¬)
The shop isnût open yet.
(√â“π§â“¬—߉¡à‡ªî¥‡≈¬)
- still ®–«“߉«âÀπâ“°√‘¬“ (Verb) ·µàµ“¡À≈—ß Verb
to be ‡™àπ
Pook still dislikes him.
(ªÿÖ°¬—ߧ߉¡à™Õ∫‡¢“)
Nid is still in bed.
(‡¢“¬—ߧßπÕπÕ¬Ÿà∫π‡µ’¬ß)
4. Adverbs of Frequency
§◊Õ°≈àÿ¡§”°√‘¬“«‘‡»…≥å∑’Ë„™âµÕ∫§”∂“¡ çhow
oftené ‡ªìπ°≈ÿࡧ”∑’Ë∫Õ°§«“¡∂’Ë„π°“√‡°‘¥¢÷Èπ¢Õß°√‘¬“∑’Ë
查∂÷ß ‡™àπ çalwaysé çsometimesé ‡™àπ
Jack always get up at 6.30 a.m.
I sometimes play football on Sunday.
§”°√‘¬“«‘‡»…≥å çalwaysé ∫Õ°§«“¡∂’¢Ë Õß°√‘¬“
çget upé «à“‡°‘¥¢÷ÈπÕ¬à“ß ¡Ë”‡ ¡Õ
 38  ÿ¥¬Õ¥ GRAM
GRAMMM AR

§”°√‘¬“«‘‡»…≥å çsometimesé ∫Õ°§«“¡∂’Ë∑’ˇ°‘¥

¢÷Èπ¢Õß°√‘¬“ çplayé «à“‡°‘¥¢÷Èπ∫“ߧ√—Èß∫“ߧ√“« πÕ°®“°
§”°√‘ ¬ “«‘ ‡ »…≥å ° ≈ÿà ¡ π’È ® –¡’ ™◊Ë Õ ‡√’ ¬ °«à “ çAdverbs of
Frequencyé ·≈â« ∫“ߧ√—ÈßÕ“®‡√’¬°«à“ çMid-position
Adverbsé ‡π◊ËÕß®“°¡—°π‘¬¡«“߉«â¿“¬„πª√–‚¬§¡“°°«à“∑’Ë
®–Õ¬Ÿà„πµ”·ÀπàßÀπ⓪√–‚¬§À√◊Õ∑⓬ª√–‚¬§
µ”·ÀπàߢÕß Adverbs of Frequency
‡™àπ never, often, seldom, usually, rarely, sometimes
always ·≈– ever
1. «“߉«âÀ≈—ß Verb to be
‡™àπ He is always on time for school.
(‡¢“‰ª‚√߇√’¬πµ√߇«≈“‡ ¡Õ Ê)
She is seldom late.
(À≈àÕπ‰¡à§àÕ¬¡“ “¬)
2. «“߉«âÀπâ“°√‘¬“µ—«Õ◊Ëπ Ê
‡™àπ I always play Badminton on Wednesday.
(©—π‡≈àπ·∫¥¡‘πµ—π„π«—πæÿ∏‡ ¡Õ Ê)
I sometime drink Green Tea.
(∫“ߧ√—Èß©—π°Á¥◊Ë¡™“‡¢’¬«)
 Adverbs 39

3. ∂Ⓡªìπ Tense ∑’¡Ë °’ √‘¬“¡“°°«à“Àπ÷ßË µ—« „Àâ«“ß

‰«âÀ≈—ß°√‘¬“™à«¬µ—«·√°
‡™àπ I have hardly begun.
He can never understand.
You have often been told not to be that.
¢âÕ¬°‡«âπ F 1. ∂â“„™â°—∫ used to ·≈– have to ¡—°«“ß
‰«â¢â“ßÀπâ“
‡™àπ You hardly have to remind him, he always
remember.
(§ÿ≥·∑∫®–‰¡àµâÕ߇µ◊Õπ‡¢“ ‡¢“®”‰¥â‡ ¡Õ)
We always used to go there.
(‡√“‡§¬‰ª∑’Ëπ—Ëπ‡ ¡Õ Ê)
2. Õ“®®–«“߉«âÀπâ“°√‘¬“™à«¬‰¥â„π°√≥’„™â
‡æ’ ¬ ß≈”æ— ß „π°“√°≈à “ «À√◊ Õ °“√µÕ∫
§”∂“¡
‡™àπ A : Can you park your car near the shops?
B: Yes, I usually can.
(§ÿ≥®Õ¥√∂„°≈â Ê °—∫√â“π§â“‡À≈à“π—πÈ ‰¥â√‡÷ ª≈à“ ? :
‰¥âµ“¡ª°µ‘©—π°Á®Õ¥∑’Ëπ—Ëπ)
 40  ÿ¥¬Õ¥ GRAM
GRAMMM AR

I know I should take exercise but I never do.

(©—π√Ÿ«â “à ©—π§«√®–ÕÕ°°”≈—ß∫â“ß·µà©π— °Á‰¡à‡§¬∑”)
3. ‡¡◊ËÕ„™â„π°“√‡πâπ ¡—°®–«“߉«âÀπâ“°√‘¬“
™à«¬
‡™àπ I never can remember.
(º¡‰¡à‡§¬®”‰¥â‡≈¬ (can ‰¥â√—∫°“√ stressed))
5. Adverbs of degree
‡ªìπ°√‘¬“«‘‡»…≥å∑’Ë∫Õ°‡Àµÿº≈„π°“√‡°‘¥¢÷Èàπ¢Õß
°√‘¬“∑’Ë查∂÷ß °√‘¬“«‘‡»…≥åª√–‡¿∑π’ȇªì𧔵Õ∫ ”À√—∫
§”∂“¡ çWhyé ‚¥¬®–Õ¬Ÿà„π√Ÿª«≈’ À√◊Õ clause ∑’Ë¡’§”‡™àπ
çbecauseéédue toé À√◊Õ çasé ‡™àπ Tom is absent froms
school tody because he is ill.
µ”·ÀπàߢÕß Adverbs of degree
‡™àπ almost, nearly, quite, just, too, fairly, rather etc.
1. ∂â“„™â¢¬“¬§” Adjective À√◊Õ Adverb µ—«Õ◊Ëπ Ê
„À⫓߉«âÀπâ“ Adjective À√◊Õ Adverb π—Èπ
‡™àπ He was too tired to work.
She knows him quite well.
The film was rather bad.
 Adverbs 41

2. almost, nearly, quite, hardly, scarcely, barely,

just etc. „™â¢¬“¬°√‘¬“‰¥â¥â«¬ „À⫓߉«âÀπâ“°√‘¬“À≈—° À√◊Õ
À≈—ß°√‘¬“™à«¬
‡™àπ She quite understand.
(À≈àÕπ‡¢â“„®‰¥â¥’∑’‡¥’¬«)
I can nearly swim.
(©—π‡°◊Õ∫®–«à“¬πÈ”‰¥â·≈â«)
She is just going.
(À≈àÕπ‡æ‘‘Ëß®–°”≈—߉ª)
3. enough «“߉«â¢â“ßÀ≈—ß Adjective À√◊Õ Adverb
∑’Ë¡—π¢¬“¬
‡™àπ The room isnût big enough.
(ÀâÕ߉¡à„À≠àæÕ)
They work quickly enough.
(æ«°‡¢“∑”ß“π‰¥â‡√Á«æÕ¥Ÿ)
4. only «“߉«âÀπⓧ”∑’¡Ë π— ¢¬“¬ (√–«—ߧ«“¡À¡“¬)
‡™àπ She had only two pens. (¡’‰¡à¡“°°«à“ Õß)
She only lent the car. (‰¡à‰¥â„À≪‡≈¬ ‡æ’¬ß
·µà„À⬡◊ )
 42  ÿ¥¬Õ¥ GRAM
GRAMMM AR

She lent the car to me only.

(À≈àÕπ„Àâ¬◊¡√∂‰¥â‡©æ“–©—π)
I believed only half of what he said.
(©—π‡™◊ËՇ撬߷§à§√÷ËßÀπ÷Ëß∑’ˇ¢“查)
À¡“¬‡Àµÿ 1. Adverb °≈ÿ¡à in, out, up, down, round, back,
forward etc.
‡¡◊ÕË «“߉«âµπâ ª√–‚¬§®–µ“¡¥â«¬ Verb + Subject
‡™àπ In came John.
Up jumped two big doges.
Down fell the apples.
2. ∂⓪√–∏“π„π Pronoun µâÕßµ“¡¥â«¬ Subject +
Verb
‡™àπ In he came.
Back he went again.
°“√„™â Adverbs of Degree ∫“ßµ—«
1. fairly ·≈– rather = §àÕπ¢â“ß®–
- fairly  à«π„À≠à·≈â«„™â°—∫ Adjective À√◊Õ
Adverbs ‰ª„π∑“ß∑’¡Ë §’ «“¡À¡“¬∑’¥Ë ’ ‡™àπ good, bravely, well,
nice etc.
 Adverbs 43

- rather „™â°—∫ Adjective À√◊Õ Adverbs „π

§«“¡À¡“¬∑’ˉ¡à§àÕ¬®–¥’ ‡™àπ bad, stupid, ugly etc.
µ—«Õ¬à“ß
James is fairly clever, but Bob is rather stupid.
(‡®¡ å§àÕπ¢â“ß®–©≈“¥·µà∫äÕ∫§àÕπ¢â“ß®–‚ßà)
Your case is rather heavy, but mine is fairly
light.
(°√–‡ªÜ “ ¢Õߧÿ ≥ §à Õ π¢â “ ß®–Àπ— ° ·µà ¢ Õߺ¡
§àÕπ¢â“ß®–‡∫“)
À¡“¬‡Àµÿ { Article çaé Õ“®«“߉«â¢â“ßÀπâ“À√◊Õ¢â“ßÀ≈—ß
rather ·µà«“߉«â‡©æ“–¢â“ßÀπâ“¢Õß fairly
‡∑à “ π—È π‡™àπ
He is a rather bad boy.
À√◊Õ He is rather a bad boy.
ᵈ This is a fairly interesting book.
{ rather Õ“®«“߉«â¢“â ßÀπâ“ alike, like, similar,
different À√◊ÕÀπⓧ”„π¢—πÈ °«à“ (comparatives)
´÷ßË ¡’§«“¡À¡“¬«à“ ‡≈Á°πâÕ¬, ·µà‡æ’¬ß‡≈Á°πâÕ¬
‡™àπ The cats are rather like the dogs in some ways.
(·¡«¡’≈—°…≥–∫“ßÕ¬à“ߧ≈⓬ ÿπ—¢Õ¬Ÿà∫â“ß)
 44  ÿ¥¬Õ¥ GRAM
GRAMMM AR

The weather was rather worse than I had

expected.
(Õ“°“»·¬à°«à“∑’Ë©—𧑥‰«â‡≈Á°πâÕ¬)
{ rather Õ“®«“߉«â À πâ “ Adjectives À√◊ Õ
Adverbs æ«° good, well, pretty, clever
amusing ‰¥â ·µà§«“¡À¡“¬®–‡ª≈’ˬπ‰ª
‡À¡◊Õπ°—∫§”«à“ çveryé ∑—π∑’ ‡™àπ
He is rather good = He is very good.
2. quite ‡ªìπ§”∑’Ë¡’ªí≠À“æÕ ¡§«√ ‡æ√“–¡—π¡’
∂÷ß 2 §«“¡À¡“¬ ¥—ßπ’È
{ quite = ∑’‡¥’¬« ‡¡◊ËÕ„™â°—∫§”À√◊Õ Phrase ∑’Ë
· ¥ß∂÷ߧ«“¡∫√‘∫Ÿ√≥å ‡™àπ full, empty, finished, wrong,
right, all right, sure, certain, determind, ready ‡ªìπµâπ
‡™àπ The glass is quite empty.
She is quite wrong.
{ ∂â“„™â°—∫ Adjective À√◊Õ Adverb µ—«Õ◊Ëπ ®–¡’
§«“¡À¡“¬ÕàÕπ≈ß°«à“§«“¡À¡“¬‡¥‘¡¢Õß¡—π
‡™àπ quite good ®–¡’§«“¡À¡“¬ÕàÕπ°«à“ good ·≈–®–¡’
§«“¡À¡“¬‡°◊Õ∫®–§≈⓬ Ê °—∫ fairly
 Adverbs 45

3. much „πª√–‚¬§∫Õ°‡≈à“¡—°®–„™â very ¢¬“¬

‡™àπ She likes that book very much.
Thank you very much.
·µà„πª√–‚¬§ªØ‘‡ ∏‰¡à®”‡ªìπµâÕß„™â very
‡™àπ I donût like it much.
much Õ“®„™â°—∫§”„π¢—Èπ°«à“ (comparative)
‡™àπ It is much better to go there.
4. hardly, barely ·≈– scarcely ∑—Èß “¡§”¡’
§«“¡À¡“¬§≈⓬ Ê °—π
hardly  à«π„À≠à„™â°—∫ any, ever À√◊Õ can
hardly any = πâÕ¬¡“°, hardly ever = ·∑∫®–‰¡à
hardly „™â°—∫ can = ‡ªìπ‰ª¥â«¬§«“¡≈”∫“°
‡™àπ He has hardly any money.
(‡¢“¡’‡ß‘πÕ¬ŸàπâÕ¬¡“°)
She hardly ever goes out.
(À≈àÕπ·∑∫®–‰¡à‰¥âÕÕ°‰ª¢â“ßπÕ°‡≈¬)
I can hardly see the letter.
(µ—«Õ—°…√π—Èπ¡Õ߇ÀÁπ‰¥â¬“°)
 46  ÿ¥¬Õ¥ GRAM
GRAMMM AR

barely = ‰¡à¡“°‰ª°«à“  à«π„À≠à„™â°—∫ Adjectives

Õ¬à“߇™àπ enough ·≈– sufficient
‡™àπ She was barely fifteen.
(À≈àÕπÕ“¬ÿ‡æ‘Ëß®– 15 ªï ‡∑à“π—Èπ ‰¡à·°à°«à“π’È)
She had barely enough to eat.
(À≈àÕπ°‘πÕ“À“√‰¡à‡æ’¬ßæÕ ®÷ß¡—°À‘«∫àÕ¬ Ê)
scarcely „™â„𧫓¡À¡“¬‡™àπ‡¥’¬«°—∫ hardly ·≈–
barely

Unit 5 ∆
 Prepositions 47

§”∫ÿæ∫∑ (Prepositions) D
§”∫ÿæ∫∑ (Prepositions) §◊Õ§”∑’Ë„™â‡™◊ËÕ¡§”π“¡
À√◊Õ √√æπ“¡‡¢â“°—∫ª√–‚¬§ Preposition ¡’ 2 √Ÿª¥Ñ«¬°—π
§◊Õ
1. ‡ªì𧔇¥’¬«‚¥¥ Ê ‡™àπ at, by, in, on, of,
after, with etc.
2. ‡ªìπ«≈’∑’Ë√«¡°—π‡ªìπÀπ૬ (unit) ‡¥’¬« ‡™àπ in
front of, at the back of, etc.
§”∫ÿæ∫∑·∫àßÕÕ°‡ªìπ 6 ª√–‡¿∑ ¥—ßπ’È D
1. Preposition of Place and Position (∫Õ°
 ∂“π∑’Ë·≈–µ”·Àπàß)
48  ÿ¥¬Õ¥ GRAM
GRAMMM AR

in on above by near
beside below before behind
in front of, at the back of, under
1.1 ∫ÿæ∫∑ in, on ·≈– at
in = „π, ¿“¬„π, „π ∂“π∑’Ë ‡™àπ
He lives in a big apartment.
His shop is in that apartment.
on = ∫π, ¢â“ß∫𠇙àπ
The carpet is on the floor.
The pictured are on the wall.
at = for a definite position ‡™àπ
They stayed at home.
I met Brithney at the hotel.
°√‘¬“∑’˵âÕßµ“¡¥â«¬ çoné
based on Õ“»—¬√“°∞“π®“°
call on ‡¬’¬Ë ¡
comment on «‘®“√≥å
congratulation on · ¥ß§«“¡¬‘π¥’
count on À«—ß
 Prepositions 49

depend on ¢÷ÈπÕ¬Ÿà°—∫
live on ¡’™’«‘µÕ¬Ÿà‰¥â¥â«¬
spend on „™â (‡«≈“, «—π)
decide on µ—¥ ‘π„®
insist on √∫‡√â“
°√‘¬“∑’˵âÕßµ“¡¥â«¬ çiné
absorb in  π„®¡“°,§√Ë”‡§√àß
believe in ¡’§«“¡‡™◊ËÕ∂◊Õ„®, π—∫∂◊Õ
dress in  «¡™ÿ¥, ·µàߥ⫬
encourage in  π—∫ πÿπ
engage in ¡’∏ÿ√–Õ¬Ÿà°—∫
fail in  Õ∫µ°, ≈⡇À≈«
interested in  π„®„π
involved in ‡¢â“‰ª¡’ à«π√à«¡°—∫
persist in ¬◊π°√“π
share in  à«π·∫àß„π
succeed in ‰¥â√—∫§«“¡ ”‡√Á®
 50  ÿ¥¬Õ¥ GRAM
GRAMMM AR

°√‘¬“∑’˵âÕßµ“¡¥â«¬ çaté
aim at ‡≈Á߉ª∑’Ë
amused at ‡æ≈‘¥‡æ≈‘π°—∫
good at ‡°àß„π∑“ß
knock at ‡§“–, ∑ÿ∫
stay at æ—°Õ¬Ÿà∑’Ë
surprised at ª√–À≈“¥„®
 ”À√—∫§”°√‘¬“ arrive π—πÈ „™â‰¥â°∫— ∫ÿæ∫∑ in À√◊Õ at
arrive in „™â°∫— ™◊ÕË ª√–‡∑»À√◊Õ‡¡◊Õß„À≠à Ê (a country, city)
arrive at „™â°—∫ ∂“π∑’Ë∑’Ë™’ȇ©æ“– (more specific places)
‡™àπ Students should arrive at school early.
He arrives at his office at eight.
She arrived in Paris last Sunday.
We arrived in Cheingmai long - ago.
1.2 ∫ÿæ∫∑ by, beside, near, against
by = ¢â“ß
The matches are over there by
the cigar.
 Prepositions 51

beside = πÕ°®“°
Mrs. Brown is sitting beside
(= next to) Mr. Brown
near = „°≈â
They live near the park.
against = µâ“π
Donût learn against the table
1.3 ∫ÿæ∫∑ above, over, under, below
above = Anywhere higher than a
certain point.
She hung the picture above
the fireplace.
over = Over a certain point in a
perpendicular line.
The sun is over our head at
noon.
under = Below a certain point in a per-
pendicular line.
The door was locked, so I
shoved the letter under the
door.
52  ÿ¥¬Õ¥ GRAM
GRAMMM AR

below = anywhere lower than a cer-

tain point.
1.4 ∫ÿæ∫∑ in front of, at the back of,
behind, close to, next to
theatre
A D
B E
C F

Suppose this is the theatre

A and D are sitting in front of the theatre.
C and F are sitting at the back of the theatre.
C is sitting behind B
C is sitting
} close to
next to } F, B

1.5 ∫ÿæ∫∑ at the top, at the bottom, on

the left, on the right
 Prepositions 53

at the top µ√ß°—π¢â“¡°—∫ at the bottom

on the left µ√ß°—π¢â“¡°—∫ on the right
A B in the corner
at the top

on the left E. on the right

in the middle

at the bottom
C D
µ”·ÀπàߢÕß A, B, C, D  “¡“√∂‡√’¬ß‰¥â¥—ßπ’È
A §◊Õ in the top left - hand corner
B §◊Õ in the top right-hand corner
C §◊Õ in the bottom left-hand corner
D §◊Õ in the bottom right-hand corner
E §◊Õ in the middle
1.6 ∫ÿæ∫∑ between, among
Between ®–„™â„π°√≥’∑’Ë查∂÷ß ‘Ëß 2  ‘Ëß
Among ®–„™â„π°√≥’∑’Ë查∂÷ß ‘Ëß∑’Ë¡“°
°«à“ 2  ‘Ëß
‡™àπ She is sitting between Mr. and Mrs. Brown.
54  ÿ¥¬Õ¥ GRAM
GRAMMM AR

1.7 ∫ÿæ∫∑ up , down

‡™àπ I saw Mr. Carter walking up the road.
There is a gas station about two miles down
the road.
1.8 ∫ÿæ∫∑ across, around , through
‡™àπ Letûs take a walk around the garden.
I look a walk through the park yesterday.
They live across the street from USA.
1.9 ∫ÿæ∫∑ inside, outside
‡™àπ These plants ought to be kept inside the house.
Those chairs were left outside the house all
night.
1.10 ∫ÿæ∫∑ after, before
‡™àπ Put a question mark after each question.
In giving dates, we usually place the month
before the day.
 Prepositions 55

2. Preposition of Direction and Motion (∫Õ°

∑‘»∑“ß)
2.1 ∫ÿæ∫∑ toward, to, from, through, into,
out of
µàÕ§”‡À≈à“π’È°àÕπ·≈⫧àÕ¬ ‡™àπ......
to get out of someoneûs clutches = Àπ’ ® “°Õ‘ ∑ ∏‘ æ ≈À√◊ Õ
Õ”π“®
out of condition = ‰¡à‡À¡“–, º‘¥‡ß◊ËÕπ‰¢
out of crop = æâπƒ¥Ÿæ◊™º≈
out of danger = æâπÕ—πµ√“¬
out of date = ≈â“ ¡—¬
out of debt = À¡¥Àπ’È
out of door = πÕ°∫â“π, °≈“ß·®âß
out of fashion = ‰¡à∑π— ·ø™—πË , À¡¥ ¡—¬
out of hand = §«∫§ÿ¡‰¡à‰¥â
out of humour = Õ“√¡≥几’¬
time out of mind = π“π¡“·≈â«
out of oneûs grasp = À“‰¡à‰¥â
out of office = æâπ®“°Àπâ“∑’Ë
out of place = ‰¡à‡À¡“– ¡
 56  ÿ¥¬Õ¥ GRAM
GRAMMM AR

out of position = ‰¡à∂°Ÿ µâÕß°—∫µ”·Àπàß

out of sight = æâ𠓬µ“
out of temper = Õ“√¡≥几’¬
out of worked = µ°ß“π, ‰¡à¡’ß“π∑”
out of use = ‰¡à‰¥â„™â·≈â«
out of town = ‰ªπÕ°‡¡◊Õß
‡™àπ He walked towards his house.
He walked to the bookshop.
I took a pen from the table.
She took a walk throught the park.
The students stook up as soon as the teacher
walked into the classroom.
They ran out of the burning house.
2.2 ∫ÿæ∫∑ up, down
up ( ) = He walks up the stairs.
down ( ) = She is walking down the
stairs.
 Prepositions 57

2.3 ∫ÿæ∫∑ by, along

by ( ) = pass
‡™àπ I go by the post office every morning on my
way to school.
along = µ“¡
‡™àπ They walked along the beach.
2.4 ∫ÿæ∫∑ against, upon
against =
‡™àπ They were rowing against the current.
upon = ¡’§«“¡À¡“¬‡À¡◊Õπ on
·µà‰¡à„™â∫àÕ¬‡∑à“ on
‡™àπ Upon the desk is a large dictionary.
3. Preposition of time (∫Õ°‡«≈“)
3.1 ∫ÿæ∫∑ at ·≈– by
at ®–„™â∫Õ°‡«≈“®ÿ¥Àπ÷ßË ‚¥¬‡©æ“–‡®“–®ß
‡™àπ
The football match will start at 3.00
p.m.
58  ÿ¥¬Õ¥ GRAM
GRAMMM AR

by ®–„™â∫Õ°®ÿ¥‡«≈“∑’Ë ‘Èπ ÿ¥°“√°√–∑”
π—Èπ Ê ‡™àπ
I finish my work by 6 oûclock.
3.2 ∫ÿæ∫∑ in, on
in = „™â°—∫™à«ß‡«≈“ (period of time)
§◊Õ À≈—ß in ‡ªì𧔷 ¥ß‡«≈“∑’Ë¡’
√–¬–§«“¡¬“«´÷ßË ‡√“ “¡“√∂ —߇°µ
‰¥â®“°§”‡À≈à“π’È ‡™àπ in two years,
in May, in the morning, in 2004,
in summer, in the twentieth
century.
He graduated to directing in
2004.
The school bus will arrive in an
hour.
on = ¡—°®–„™â°—∫«—π «—π∑’Ë ·≈–«—π∑’ˇ√“
√–∫ÿ‡©æ“–‡®“–®ß ‡™àπ on Sunday,
on his birthday, on New Year
Day on May 11,1900.
 Prepositions 59

I always go to shopping on
Sunday.
Jonhûs birthday is on May 11
3.3 ∫ÿæ∫∑ for, during, since
for = ®–„™â °— ∫ ™à « ߇«≈“´÷Ë ß ‡√“ “¡“√∂
 —߇°µ‰¥â®“°°“√¡’§«“¡¬“«π“π
¢Õ߇«≈“∫Õ° ¥—ßµ—«Õ¬à“ßµàÕ‰ªπ’È
They have studied here for nine
years.
çThey have studied here for nine
years,é
°“√„™â çforé ∑’ËπâÕß Ê ¡—°®–æ∫Õ¬Ÿà∫àÕ¬ Ê §◊Õ
to change for the better = ‡ª≈’¬Ë π·ª≈߇æ◊ÕË „À⥢’ π÷È
fore hire l sale = ≈¥√“§“,  ”À√—∫¢“¬
fore ever = ™—Ë«°“≈π“π
to go for lunch = ‰ª√— ∫ ª√–∑“πÕ“À“√
°≈“ß«—π
for no rhyme or reason = ‰√â‡Àµÿº≈
for nothing = ‰¡à‰¥â∑”‡æ◊ËՇߑπ
60  ÿ¥¬Õ¥ GRAM
GRAMMM AR

sell somethings for a song = ¢“¬√“§“∂Ÿ°¡“°

for a spell = „π√–¬–‡«≈“Õ—π —Èπ
for words = Õ∏‘∫“¬,æ√√≥π“
to set out for somewhere = ÕÕ°‡¥‘π∑“߉ª
to be blind l lame for life = µ“∫Õ¥ / æ‘°“√µ≈Õ¥
™’«µ‘
since = ®–„™â°∫— ®ÿ¥‡√‘¡Ë µâπ¢Õ߇«≈“ ¥—ß®–
æ∫°—∫µ—«Õ¬à“ßµàÕ‰ªπ’È
We have studied here since
2000.
during = ®–„™â°∫— ™à«ß√–¬–‡«≈“∑’µË Õà ‡π◊ÕË ß°—π
‡™àπ
We went to Koh Chang during
the summer holidays.
There was a lot of noise during
the concert.
3.4 §”∫ÿæ∫∑ after ®–¡’§«“¡À¡“¬‡À¡◊Õπ°—∫
later than ·µà before ®–¡’§«“¡À¡“¬
‡À¡◊Õπ°—∫ earlier than ¥—ߪ√–‚¬§∑’ˇ√“
®–æ∫¥—ßπ’È
 Prepositions 61

We donût need to study after (=later

than) 03.30 p.m.
I am going to leave before (= earlier
than) noon today.
3.5 ∫ÿæ∫∑ until = till ´÷Ëß∑—Èß Õߧ”π’È®–¡’
§«“¡À¡“¬«à“ ç®π°√–∑—Ëßé ‡™àπ
Why donût you stay until (till) Sunday?
Iûll be here till (until) 5 oûclock.
3.6 πÕ°®“°π—ÈππâÕß Ê ¬—ß®–æ∫°—∫∫ÿæ∫∑
Õ◊πË Ê Õ’° ‡™àπ at the beginning of, at the
end of, in the middle of
Iûll visit you at the beginning of the
summer.
Iûll receive your letter at the end of the
week.
We have lunch in the middle of the day.
3.7 Past ®–„™â ”À√—∫°“√‡©æ“–‡®“–®ß‡√◊ËÕß
¢Õ߇«≈“„π 1 «—𠇙àπ
Iûll see you at half past three.
62  ÿ¥¬Õ¥ GRAM
GRAMMM AR

3.8 throughout ®–„™â°—∫‡«≈“µ—Èß·µà‡√‘Ë¡µâπ∂÷ß

 ‘Èπ ÿ¥¢Õ߇«≈“ ‡™àπ
Dancing continued throughout the night.
3.9 around ¡’§«“¡À¡“¬‡∑à“°—∫ about ‡™àπ
Will you come here around one oûclock?
3.10 within ¡’§«“¡À¡“¬«à“ ¿“¬„π
We must check out within ten minutes.
4. Perposition of manner (∫Õ°≈—°…≥–Õ“°“√)
4.1 ∫ÿæ∫∑ by
‡™àπ We go to our office by bus.
You can post letters by mail or by foot.
4.2 ∫ÿæ∫∑ on
‡™àπ We walk along the beach on foot.
4.3 ∫ÿæ∫∑ in
‡™àπ He speaks in a low voice.
He went home in a hurry.
4.4 ∫ÿæ∫∑ with
‡™àπ I accept your invitation with pleasure.
She greeted him with a smile.
 Prepositions 63

4.5 ∫ÿæ∫∑ like „™â‡À¡◊Õπ°—∫ in the manner

of, to the same degree as ´÷Ëß®–¡’
§«“¡À¡“¬«à“ ç™Õ∫é ‡™àπ
He walks like an old man.
If I were to behave like you my mother
would blame me.
πÕ°®“°π—Èπ‡√“¬—ß “¡“√∂æ∫ Preposition µ—«
Õ◊Ëπ Ê ‰¥âÕ’° ‡™àπ
1. Agent of Instrument (∫Õ°ºŸâ°√–∑”) ‰¥â·°à by,
with
‡™àπ This poem was written by Soonthorn Poo.
Try to open the door with this key.
2. Accompaniment (∫Õ°°“√∑”√à«¡°—∫) ‰¥â·°à with
‡™àπ I went with her to the library.
3. Purpose (∫Õ°®ÿ¥¡ÿàßÀ¡“¬, §«“¡ª√– ß§å)
䴉ᡈ for
‡™àπ I have to go to the store for a lot of bread.
A pen is used for writing with.
 64  ÿ¥¬Õ¥ GRAM
GRAMMM AR

4. Association (∫Õ°°“√√à«¡°—π) ‰¥â·°à of

‡™àπ I heard the news of your promotion from Mike.
Donût you ever think of anyone but yourself ?
5. Measure (∫Õ°°“√µ√«®«—¥) ‰¥â·°à of, by
‡™àπ I bought three bottles of beer and a pound of
cheese.
sugar is sold by the pound but eggs are sold
by the dozen.
6. Similarity (∫Õ°«à “ ‡ªì π Õ¬à “ ߇¥’ ¬ «°— π À√◊ Õ
§≈⓬§≈÷ß°—π) ‰¥â·°à like
‡™àπ I look like my mother.
This material feels like wool.
7. In the capacity of (∫Õ°°“√°√–∑”‡ª√’¬∫
‡ ¡◊Õπ«à“) ‰¥â·°à as
‡™àπ She got a job as a telephone operator.
Mr. Phillip will serve as a chairman of the
committee

Unit 6 ∆
 Comparison of Adjective and Adverb 65

Comparison of Adjective and Adverb D

‡ªìπ°“√∫Õ°„Àâ‡√“∑√“∫«à“§”π“¡·≈–§”°√‘¬“π—Èπ
¡’§«“¡À¡“¬‡∑à“‡∑’¬¡°—πÀ√◊Õ‰¡à ´÷Ëß®–¡’ 2 ™π‘¥ §◊Õ
1. Comparison of Adjective §◊Õ °“√‡ª√’¬∫‡∑’¬∫
§”§ÿ≥»—æ∑å
2. Comparison of Adverb §◊Õ °“√‡ª√’¬∫‡∑’¬∫
§”°√‘¬“«‘‡»…≥å
‡√“ “¡“√∂Õ∏‘∫“¬°“√‡ª√’¬∫‡∑’¬∫™π‘¥¢Õß·µà≈–§”
‰¥â¥ß— π’È D
1. Comparison of Adjective ´÷Ëß “¡“√∂·∫àßÕÕ°‡ªìπ‰¥â
3 ¢—ÈπµÕπ§◊Õ
 66  ÿ¥¬Õ¥ GRAM
GRAMMM AR

1.1 Positive Degree §◊Õ Adjectives ∑’ˬ—߉¡à¡’

°“√‡ª≈’¬Ë π·ª≈ß√Ÿª„¥ Ê ´÷ßË ‡√“Õ“®®–‡√’¬°«à“
Simple Form À√◊Õ Base Form ¢Õߧ”»—æ∑å
°Á‰¥â ‡™àπ
wide = This is a wide street.
tall = He is a tall man
small = I like a small town.
√Ÿª·∫∫ ”À√—∫°“√‡ª√’¬∫‡∑’¬∫„π Positive De-
gree §◊Õ
as + adjective + as
‡™àπ Tom is as tall as Tony.
(∑Õ¡¡’§«“¡ Ÿß‡∑à“°—∫‚∑π’Ë)
1.2 Comparative Degree ‰¥â·°à Adjectives „π
¢—Èπ°«à“ §«“¡À¡“¬¢Õߧ”§ÿ≥»—æ∑å°Á¬—ߧß
‡¥‘¡ ·µà®–· ¥ß≈—°…≥–‡æ‘Ë¡¡“°¢÷Èπ‰ªÕ’°
¢—ÈπÀπ÷Ëß®“° Positive Degree ‡ªìπ¢—Èπ°«à“
¥â«¬°“√‡µ‘¡ er ∑’Ë Adjectives π—Èπ Ê ‡™àπ
This is a wider street than that one.
 Comparison of Adjective and Adverb 67

Peter is taller than Dan.

Bangkok is smaller than Chiengmai.
¢âÕ§«√®” F Adjective „π¢—Èπ Comparative π’È
®–‡ª√’¬∫‡∑’¬∫√–À«à“ߢÕß 2  ‘Ëß ®÷ßµâÕß¡’ than µ“¡À≈—ß
Adjective ‡ ¡Õ π–®ä–
1.3 Superlative Degree ‰¥â·°à Adjectives „π
¢—Èπ∑’Ë ÿ¥ §◊Õ ¬—ß¡’§«“¡À¡“¬§ß‡¥‘¡ ·µà®–
· ¥ß≈—°…≥–‡æ‘Ë¡¡“°¢÷Èπ‰ª®π∂÷ß∑’Ë ÿ¥‡ªìπ
¢—Èπ∑’Ë ÿ¥¥â«¬°“√‡µ‘¡ -est ‡¢â“∑’Ë Adjectives
π—Èπ Ê ‡™àπ
This is the widest street in town.
Peter is the tallest man in the room.
Ranong is the smallest province.
§”·π–π” F Adjective ¢—Èπ Superlative π—Èπ
®–µâÕß„™â the π”ÀπⓇ ¡Õ ‡æ√“–‡ªìπ°“√‡πâπ‡©æ“–«à“‡ªìπ
∑’Ë ÿ¥¢Õߧ”¢¬“¬π—Èπ Ê
°Æ°“√‡ª≈’ˬπ Adjective ¢—Èπ Positive Degree
„À⇪ìπ Comparative Degree ·≈– Superlative Degree
 “¡“√∂∑”‰¥â¥—ßπ’È
 68  ÿ¥¬Õ¥ GRAM
GRAMMM AR

A. ‡µ‘ ¡ -er ·≈– -est À≈— ß §”§ÿ ≥ »— æ ∑å ∑’Ë ¡’

欓ߧ凥’¬«À√◊Õ¡’‡ ’¬ß —È𠇙àπ
hard harder hardest
large larger largest
big bigger biggest
B. ‡µ‘¡ -er ·≈– -est À≈—ߧ”§ÿ≥»—æ∑å∑’Ë¡’ 2
欓ߧå ∑’Ë≈ß∑⓬¥â«¬ er, ow, ·≈– y ·µà y ®–µâÕ߇ª≈’ˬπ
y ‡ªìπ i À≈—߇µ‘¡ er ·≈– est ‡™àπ
clever cleverer cleverest
narrow narrower narrowest
happy happier happiest
C. §”∑’Ë≈ß∑⓬¥â«¬ e ·≈–¡’Àπ÷ËßÀ√◊Õ Õß欓ߧå
„À⇵‘¡ r ·≈–‡µ‘¡ than „π¢—Èπ Comparative ·≈–‡µ‘¡ st
„π¢—Èπ Superlative ‡™àπ
brave braver than the bravest
large larger than the largest
safe safer than the safest
D. ‡µ‘¡ more ·≈– most Àπⓧ”§ÿ≥»—æ∑å∑’Ë¡’ 2
欓ߧå∑’ˉ¡à‰¥â≈ß∑⓬¥â«¬ er, ow ·≈– y ‡™àπ
 Comparison of Adjective and Adverb 69

useful more useful most useful

honest more honest most honest
selfish more selfish most selfish
E. ‡µ‘¡ more ·≈– most Àπⓧ”§ÿ≥»—æ∑å∑’Ë¡’ 3
欓ߧå À√◊Õ¡“°°«à“ 3 欓ߧå¢÷Èπ‰ª ‡™àπ
beautiful more beautiful most beautiful
difficult more difficult most difficult
interesting more interesting most interesting
F. ¡’ Adjective ∫“ß°≈àÿà¡∑’ˇª≈’ˬπ·ª≈ß√Ÿª‰ª‡≈¬
‡™àπ
good À√◊Õ well better best
bad worse worst
little less least
§”·π–π” F more ·≈– most  “¡“√∂„™â less
·≈– least ·∑π‰¥â ∂â “ µâ Õ ß°“√≈¥¢—È π ¢Õߧ”¢¬“¬π—È π
„ÀâπâÕ¬≈ß¡“®π∂÷ßπâÕ¬∑’Ë ÿ¥
«‘∏’„™â Adjective
1. „™â Adjective °—∫ verb to be ‡™àπ
He is good.
 70  ÿ¥¬Õ¥ GRAM
GRAMMM AR

2. „™â Adjective π”Àπⓧ”π“¡ ‡æ◊ËÕ

¢¬“¬§”π“¡π—Èπ Ê ‡™àπ
He is a good boy.
3. „™â Adjective µ“¡À≈—ߧ”°√‘¬“µàÕ‰ªπ’È §◊Õ smell,
taste, look, feel, grow, turn, get, sound ‡™àπ
This flower smells good.
That mango tasted sour.
2. Comparison of Adverb
Comparison of adverb ¡’¢—Èπ°“√‡ª√’¬∫‡∑’¬∫ 3
¢—Èπ‡À¡◊Õπ°—∫°“√‡ª√’¬∫‡∑’¬∫¢Õß Adjective ·µà®–¡’°Æ°“√
‡ª√’¬∫‡∑’¬∫∑’Ë·µ°µà“ß°—∫ Adjective ´÷ËßπâÕß Ê  “¡“√∂
∑√“∫°Æ°“√‡ª√’¬∫‡∑’¬∫‰¥â¥—ßπ’È
2.1 ‡µ‘¡ -er ·≈– -est À≈—ß Adverbs „π¢—πÈ Com-
parative ·≈– Superlative ‡™àπ
hard harder hardest
fast faster fastest
slow slower slowest
loud louder loundest
 Comparison of Adjective and Adverb 71

2.2 ‡µ‘¡ more ·≈– most Àπⓧ”°√‘¬“«‘‡»…≥å

∑’Ë≈ß∑⓬¥â«¬ -ly ‡™àπ
slowly more slowly most slowly
loudly more loudly most loudly
quickly more quickly most quickly
2.3  ”À√—∫§” Adverb ∑’Ë¡“®“° Adjective+ly
·≈–§” Õßæ¬“ß§å  “¡“√∂∑”‡ªìπ¢—πÈ °«à“‰¥â 2 ·∫∫ §◊Õ ‡µ‘¡
more ·≈– most °—∫‡µ‘¡ -er ·≈– -est ‡™àπ
bravely more bravely the most bravely
braver bravest
quickly more quickly the most quickly
quicker quickest
2.4  ”À√—∫§”∑’¡Ë æ’ ¬“ߧ凥’¬«∑’‡Ë ªìπ∑—ßÈ Adjective
·≈– Adverb ®–‡µ‘¡ -er ·≈– -est ‰¥â·°à
fast faster fastest
early earlier earliest
long longer longest
À¡“¬‡Àµÿ  ”À√—∫§” Adverb °≈ÿà¡π’È®–‰¡à “¡“√∂‡µ‘¡ ly
∑⓬§”‰¥â‡æ√“–®–∑”„À⧫“¡À¡“¬‡ª≈’Ë¬π‰ª ‡™àπ
 72  ÿ¥¬Õ¥ GRAM
GRAMMM AR

çhardé ·ª≈«à“ ·¢Áß, ¬“°  à«π hardly ·ª≈«à“

‡°◊Õ∫®–‰¡à ·µà §”«à“ çloudé ®–‡ªìπ -ly À√◊Õ‰¡à°‰Á ¥â
2.5 Adverb ∫“ߧ”®–‡ª≈’¬Ë π√Ÿª¢Õߧ”‰ª‡≈¬ ‡™àπ
well better best
badly worse worst
much more most
little less least
far
} }
farther farthest
further furthest
¢âÕ —߇°µÿ F ‡√“ “¡“√∂„™â than µ“¡À≈— ß
Adverbs ¢—Èπ Comparative ‰¥â ·µà„π à«π¢Õß Superlative
¡—°®–‰¡àª√“°Ø ·µà®–„™â„π°√≥’∑’˵âÕ߇πâ𧫓¡π—Èπ®√‘ß Ê
°“√„™â Adjective ·≈– Adverb „π°“√‡ª√’¬∫‡∑’¬∫
1. °“√‡ª√’¬∫‡∑’¬∫∑’‡Ë ∑à“‡∑’¬¡°—π „™â Adjective ¢—πÈ
∏√√¡¥“ ¥—ßπ’È
as + Adjective / Adverb + as
2. °“√‡ª√’¬∫‡∑’¬∫„π¢—Èπ°«à“ „™â‡ª√’¬∫‡∑’¬∫¢Õß
 Õß ‘Ëߢ÷Èπ‰ª ¥—ßπ’È
 Comparison of Adjective and Adverb 73

Adjective / Adverb -er+than

À√◊Õ
more - Adjective / Adverb
3. °“√‡ª√’¬∫‡∑’¬∫¢—Èπ ÿ¥ „™â‡ª√’¬∫‡∑’¬∫¢Õß
µ—Èß·µà “¡ ‘Ëߢ÷Èπ‰ª ¥—ßπ’È
Adjective / Adverb + est
À√◊Õ
the most + Adjective / Adverb

Unit 7 ∆
 74  ÿ¥¬Õ¥ GRAM
GRAMMMAR

Articles (§”π”Àπâ“π“¡) D
Õߧåª√–°Õ∫Àπ÷ßË ∑’πË Õâ ß Ê ¡—°®–æ∫„πª√–‚¬§¿“…“
Õ—ß°ƒ…°Á§◊Õ Articles À√◊Õ §”π”Àπâ“π“¡ ´÷Ë߇ªìπÀ≈—°
‰«¬“°√≥åÕ—πÀπ÷Ëß∑’ËπâÕß Ê ®–µâÕ߇√’¬π√Ÿâ
‡√“ “¡“√∂·∫àß Articles ÕÕ°‰¥â‡ªìπ 2 ª√–‡¿∑§◊Õ D
1. Indefinite Article ‰¥â·°à a À√◊Õ an ´÷Ëß„™âπ”
Àπⓧ”π“¡∑’ˉ¡à‡©æ“–‡®“–®ß
2. Definite Article ‰¥â·°à the ‡√“®–„™âπ”Àπâ“
§”π“¡∑’Ë™’ȇ©æ“–‡®“–®ß
 Articles 75

À≈—°°“√„™â a ·≈– an ∑’ËπâÕß Ê §«√∑√“∫

1. πâÕß Ê  “¡“√∂„™â a ‰¥â°∫— §”π“¡∑’‡Ë ªìπ‡Õ°æ®πå,
§”π“¡π—∫‰¥â, §”∑’Ë¢÷Èπµâπ¥â«¬æ¬—≠™π– ·≈–§”π“¡∑’Ë ¡’
§«“¡À¡“¬∑—Ë«‰ª ‡™àπ
a book, a teacher, a computer, a dictionary etc.
‡™àπ I bought a dictionary yesterday.
There was a teacher teaching swimming in the pool.
2. πâÕß Ê  “¡“√∂„™â a π”Àπⓧ”π“¡∑’Ë¢÷Èπµâπ
¥â«¬ √– ·µàπâÕß Ê µâÕßÕà“πÕÕ°‡ ’¬ß‡ªìπ欗≠™π– ‡™àπ
a European, a university, a uniform, a blue eye,
a small umbrella
‡™àπ Kung has a small umbrella.
3. §”π“¡∑’Ë ¢÷È π µâ π ¥â « ¬æ¬— ≠ ™π–·µà Õ Õ°‡ ’ ¬ ß
‡ªìπ √–À√◊Õ§”π“¡∑’Ë¢÷Èπµâπ¥â«¬ √– ·≈–§”π“¡π—Èπ‡ªìπ
‡Õ°æ®πåπ—∫‰¥â ∑’Ë¡’§«“¡À¡“¬∑—Ë« Ê ‰ª ´÷ËßπâÕß Ê  “¡“√∂„™â
an π”ÀπⓉ¥â ‡™àπ an orange, an elephant, an hour.
 76  ÿ¥¬Õ¥ GRAM
GRAMMMAR

They will go to an elephant village at Ayutthaya

next week.
4. ‡√“ “¡“√∂„™â an π”Àπⓧ”π“¡∑’Ë¡’ Adjective
¢÷Èπµâπ¥â«¬ √– ‡™àπ
an important girl, an interesting book, an impolite
shirt, etc.
‡™àπ She is an important girl in the party.
5. ‡√“ “¡“√∂„™â a À√◊Õ an π”Àπⓧ”π“¡∑’ÀË ¡“¬∂÷ß
æ«°À√◊Õ™π‘¥‡¥’¬«°—π‰¥â
‡™àπ A dog has four legs.
An elephant has a trunk.
6. „ÀâπÕâ ß Ê „™â a À√◊Õ an π”Àπⓧ”π“¡∑’°Ë ≈à“«∂÷ß
Õ“™’æÀ√◊Õ —≠™“µ‘ ‡™àπ
My mother is a teacher.
David is an American.
7. ‡√“ “¡“√∂„™â a À√◊Õ an π”Àπâ“ §” π “ ¡ ∑’Ë
‡°’ˬ«°—∫°“√π—∫®”π«π ‡™àπ
 Articles 77

a lot of , a dozen , a million

‡™àπ I have a lot of candy.
8. πâÕß Ê  “¡“√∂„™â a À√◊Õ an °—∫§”π“¡∑’Ë∫Õ°
∂÷ß√“§“ §«“¡‡√Á« πÈ”Àπ—° ‡«≈“ ·≈–Õ—µ√“ à«π
Eighty miles an hour, twice a week
‡™àπ My car is running 80 miles an hour.
9. πâÕß Ê  “¡“√∂„™â a À√◊Õ an π”Àπⓧ”π“¡∑’Ë
‡ªìπª√–‚¬§Õÿ∑“𠇙àπ
What a hot day it is !
What a handsome man he is !
10.  “¡“√∂„™â a À√◊Õ an π”Àπⓧ”π“¡∑’ˇªìπ™◊ËÕ
‡©æ“–À√◊ Õ ∫ÿ § §≈∑’Ë ¡’ ™◊Ë Õ ‡ ’ ¬ ß∑’Ë ¡’ §ÿ ≥  ¡∫— µ‘ „ °≈â ‡ §’ ¬ ß°— π
·≈â«π”¡“‡ª√’¬∫‡∑’¬∫°—∫§π∑’ˇ√“®–°≈à“«∂÷ß ‡™àπ
Pitoon is a Beckham in our team.
摱√Ÿ ¬å ‡ª√’¬∫‡À¡◊Õπ‡∫§·Œ¡„π∑’¡¢Õ߇√“
11.  “¡“√∂„™â a À√◊Õ an π”Àπⓧ”π“¡
¥—ߧ”µàÕ‰ªπ’È quite, hardly, rather, scarcely
‡™àπ He is rather a handsome man.
‡¢“‡ªìπºŸâ™“¬∑’ËÀ≈àÕ®√‘ß Ê
 78  ÿ¥¬Õ¥ GRAM
GRAMMMAR

12. ‡√“ “¡“√∂„™â a À√◊Õ an π”Àπⓧ”π“¡‡Õ°-

æ®πå∑’˵“¡À≈—ߧ”«à“ many ‡æ◊ËÕ∫Õ°∂÷ߧÿ≥¿“æ¢Õß ‘Ëß
π—Èπ Ê ‡™àπ
Many boy could not pass entrance examination.
¢âÕ —߇°µ F ∂â“À≈—ß many ‡ªìπ§”π“¡æÀŸæ®πå
‰¡àµâÕß„™â a, an À√◊Õ the π”Àπâ“
Many Children visit Phuket this weekend.
13. πâÕß Ê  “¡“√∂„™â a À√◊Õ an π”Àπⓧ”π“¡
‡Õ°æ®πå∑’˵“¡À≈—ߧ”§ÿ≥»—æ∑å how, so, too, as ‡™àπ
Metinee is so beautiful a woman that everyone
love her.
‡¡∏‘𒇪ìπºŸâÀ≠‘ß∑’Ë «¬®π„§√ Ê °Á√—°‡∏Õ
How honest a dog it is ?
¡—π‡ªìπ ÿπ—¢∑’Ë´◊ËÕ —µ¬å®√‘ß Ê
14. „Àâ „ ™â a À√◊ Õ an π”Àπâ “ §”π“¡∑’Ë ·  ¥ß
®”π«π¡“° ·≈–‰¡à‰¥â·ª≈«à“ çÀπ÷Ëßé ‡™àπ
a lot of, a large number, a little, a few, a great
deal, a good deal, a great man, a great number
 Articles 79

‡™àπ He has a lot of orange.

I have a little money.
15. ‡√“ “¡“√∂„™â a À√◊Õ an π”Àπⓧ”π“¡‡Õ°-
æ®πå∑’˵“¡À≈—ߧ”§ÿ≥»—æ∑å∑’Ë¡’§”«à“ such π”Àπâ“
such + a, an + adjective + noun
‡™àπ It is such an expensive shirt I canût buy.
¡—π‡ªìπ‡ ◊ÈÕ∑’Ë·æß¡“° Ê ®π©—π‰¡à “¡“√∂´◊ÈÕ‰¥â
16. ‡√“ “¡“√∂„™â a À√◊Õ an π”Àπⓧ”π“¡‡Õ°-
æ®πå∑’Ëπ—∫‰¥â∑’Ë∑”Àπâ“∑’ˇªìπ°√√¡¢Õß°√‘¬“„πª√–‚¬§ªØ‘‡ ∏
∑’Ë¡’§«“¡À¡“¬«à“ 牡à‡≈¬é ‡™àπ
I havenût a friend in this village.
©—π‰¡à¡’‡æ◊ËÕπÕ¬Ÿà„πÀ¡Ÿà∫â“ππ’ȇ≈¬
17. ‡√“ “¡“√∂„™â a À√◊Õ an π”Àπⓧ”π“¡∑’ˇªìπ
™◊ËÕ‡©æ“–∑’ˇ√“‰¡à‡§¬√Ÿâ®—°¡“°àÕ𠇙àπ
A Miss Sununta visits while you were out.
¡’§π™◊ËÕ ÿπ—π∑“¡“‡¬’ˬ¡¢≥–∑’˧ÿ≥‰¡àÕ¬Ÿà
18. ‡√“ “¡“√∂„™â a À√◊Õ an π”Àπⓧ”π“¡∑’ˇªìπ
 ”π«π‡°’ˬ«°—∫°“√‰¡à ∫“¬ ‡™àπ
 80  ÿ¥¬Õ¥ GRAM
GRAMMMAR

have a cold ‡ªìπ‰¢âÀ«—¥

have a pain ‰¥â√—∫§«“¡‡®Á∫ª«¥
have a headache ª«¥»’√…–
have a earache ‡®Á∫ÀŸ
have a cough ¡’Õ“°“√‰Õ
have a toothache ª«¥øíπ
¬°‡«âπ F ∂Ⓣ¡à ∫“¬‡°’¬Ë «°—∫ ‘ßË µàÕ‰ªπ’‰È ¡àµÕâ ß
„™â a, an, the π”Àπâ“ ‰¥â·°à
have influenza ‡ªìπ‰¢âÀ«—¥„À≠à
have rheumatism ‡ªìπ‚√§ª«¥„π¢âÕ
19. ‡√“®–„™â a À√◊Õ an π”Àπⓧ”π“¡‡Õ°æ®πå∑’Ë
π—∫‰¥â·≈–查∂÷߇ªìπ§√—ßÈ ·√° ·≈–„Àâ„™â the °—∫°“√查∂÷ߧ√—ßÈ ∑’Ë
2 ‡™àπ
A man and a woman were sitting at the res-
taurant. They were quarrel where they should go next
time. The man wanted to see a movie, but the woman
wanted to go home.
20. ‡√“ “¡“√∂„™â a À√◊Õ an π”Àπâ“ ”π«π
µàÕ‰ªπ’È §◊Õ
 Articles 81

a long time ‡ªìπ‡«≈“¬“«π“π

a question of ªí≠À“‡°’ˬ«°—∫.....
as a matter of fact Õ—π∑’Ë®√‘ß·≈â«
at a discount ≈¥√“§“
at a premium ¡’√“§“ Ÿß
at a distance „π√–¬–‰°≈
all of a sudden ∑—π„¥π—Èπ
be at a loss À¡¥Àπ∑“ß
be a pity πà“ ß “√, πà“‡ ’¬¥“¬
be in a shame πà“≈–Õ“¬
be in a good mood ¡’Õ“√¡≥差ࡄ 
be in a position Õ¬Ÿà„π∞“π–
creat a stir ∑”„À⇰‘¥§«“¡Õ≈«π
do a favour Õπÿ‡§√“–Àå
have a good time  πÿ°
have a busy time ¡’∏ÿ√–¬ÿàß¡“°
have a mind µ—Èß„®«à“, §‘¥«à“
have an opportunity ¡’‚Õ°“ 
have a habit ¡’π‘ —¬
in a hurry √’∫√âÕπ
82  ÿ¥¬Õ¥ GRAM
GRAMMMAR

in a rush ‡√àß√’∫
in a pinch 欓¬“¡
keep it a secret ‡°Á∫‰«â‡ªì𧫓¡≈—∫
keep up a correspondence (®¥À¡“¬) ‚µâµÕ∫
make a living À“‡≈’Ȭߙ’æ
make a mistake ∑”º‘¥
make a stand µ—ßÈ ¡—πË
make it a rule µ—È߇ªìπ°Æ
on a large scale Õ¬à“ß¡‚ÀÓ√
on an average ‚¥¬‡©≈’¬Ë
tell a lie 查ª¥
take a trip ‡¥‘π∑“ß
take a picture ∂à“¬√Ÿª
take a look at ¡Õ߉ª∑’Ë
take a guess ∑“¬, ‡¥“
take a seat ‡™‘≠π—Ëß
with a view to ‡æ◊ËÕ®–∑”„Àâ
with an eye to ‡æ◊ÕË ¥Ÿ, ‡æ◊ÕË ∑—»π“®√
 Articles 83

21. ‡√“ “¡“√∂„™â a À√◊Õ an π”Àπⓧ”π“¡∑’Ë¡“

‡ªìπ°√√¡¢Õß°√‘¬“µàÕ‰ªπ’È ‰¥â·°à
come to a decision µ—¥ ‘π„®
do a favour ™à«¬‡À≈◊Õ
give a speech 查«à“
give a push ™à«¬§âπ
give a bath Õ“∫πÈ”„Àâ
give a kiss ®Ÿ∫
give an answer µÕ∫√—∫
give an idea „À⧫“¡§‘¥
go for a drive 仢Ѻö
have a walk ‡¥‘π‡≈àπ
have a haircut µ—¥º¡
have an idea §‘¥«à“
make a stop À¬ÿ¥
make a change ·≈°‡ª≈’ˬπ
take a shower Õ“∫πÈ”
take a pride in ¿Ÿ¡„‘ ®„π
take a rest À¬ÿ¥æ—°
 84  ÿ¥¬Õ¥ GRAM
GRAMMMAR

πÕ°®“° Article ∑’ËπâÕß Ê æ∫ §◊Õ a ·≈– an ·≈â«

πâÕß Ê ¬—ß®–æ∫ Article Õ’°™π‘¥Àπ÷Ëßπ—Èπ°Á§◊Õ Definite
Article ‰¥â·°à §”«à“ çtheé ´÷Ëß the ‡√“®–„™âπ”Àπⓧ”π“¡
·≈–§«“¡À¡“¬¢Õߧ”π“¡π—πÈ ®–™’‡È ©æ“–‡®“–®ß ‰¡à«à“§”π“¡
π—È π®–‡ªì π ‡Õ°æ®πå À √◊ Õ æÀŸ æ ®πå ®–¢÷È π µâ π ¥â « ¬ √–À√◊ Õ
欗≠™π– ®–‡ªìππ“¡π—∫‰¥âÀ√◊Õπ—∫‰¡à‰¥â°µÁ “¡ ‡√“®–„™â çtheé
π”ÀπⓇ ¡Õ
‡æ◊ËÕ„ÀâπâÕß Ê  “¡“√∂„™â çtheé ‰¥âÕ¬à“ß∂Ÿ°µâÕß ·≈–
‰¡à —∫ π æ’Ë Ê ®–¢ÕÕ∏‘∫“¬°“√„™â çtheé ¥—ßµàÕ‰ªπ’È D
1. πâÕß Ê  “¡“√∂„™â the π”Àπⓧ”π“¡∑’¡Ë ∫’ æÿ ∫∑-
«≈’ ¡“¢¬“¬„πª√–‚¬§ ‡™àπ
The woman in this car is my teacher.
- The ‡ªìπ§”π“¡∑’Ë™’ȇ©æ“–«à“ ºŸâÀ≠‘ߧππ—Èπ
- in this car §◊Õ∫ÿæ∫∑«≈’‡æ◊ËÕ∫Õ°«à“ ºŸâÀ≠‘ß
§ππ—ÈπÕ¬Ÿà„π√∂
2. πâÕß Ê  “¡“√∂„™â the π”Àπⓧ”π“¡∑’Ë¡’Õπÿ-
ª√–‚¬§¡“¢¬“¬¢â“ßÀ≈—ߧ”π“¡ ‡™àπ
The bag which I bought for you is black.
 Articles 85

- The ‡ªìπ§”π“¡∑’Ë™’ȇ©æ“–«à“ °√–‡ªÜ“„∫π—Èπ

- which I bought for you ‡ªìπÕπÿª√–‚¬§ ∑’Ë
¡“¢¬“¬«à“ °√–‡ªÜ“„∫π—Èπ∑’Ë©—π´◊ÈÕ¡“„Àâ‡∏Õπà–
¡’ ’¥”
3. πâÕß Ê  “¡“√∂„™â the π”Àπⓧ”π“¡∑’°Ë ≈à“«∂÷ß
 ‘Ëßπ—Èπ‡ªìπ§√—Èß∑’Ë 2 ‡™àπ
My friend and I go shopping and we meet a
red bag and a pink bag. My friend buy the red bag, for
me, buy the pink bag.
4. πâÕß Ê  “¡“√∂„™â the π”Àπⓧ”π“¡∑’ˇªìπ™◊ËÕ
¢Õß·¡àπÈ” ≈”§≈Õß À¡Ÿ‡à °“– ¡À“ ¡ÿ∑√ §“∫ ¡ÿ∑√ ∑–‡≈ Õà“«
™àÕß·§∫ ∑–‡≈ “∫ ∑–‡≈∑√“¬ ‡∑◊Õ°‡¢“ Õÿ‚¡ß§å ¢—È«‚≈°
‡ âπ»Ÿπ¬å Ÿµ√ ÀâÕß ¡ÿ¥ ·≈–æ‘æ‘∏¿—≥±å ‰¥â·°à
The Chao Praya River ·¡àπÈ”‡®â“æ√–¬“
The Philipines À¡Ÿà‡°“–øî≈‘ªªîπ å
The Suez Canal §≈Õß ÿ‡Õ´
The Indo-China Peninsula §“∫ ¡ÿ∑√Õ‘π‚¥®’π
The Pacific Ocean ¡À“ ¡ÿ∑√·ª´‘øî§
The Caribbean Sea ∑–‡≈§“√‘‡∫’Ȭπ
 86  ÿ¥¬Õ¥ GRAM
GRAMMMAR

The Persian Gulf Õà“«‡ªÕ√凴’¬

The Bering Strait ™àÕß·§∫‡∫Õ√‘Ëß
The Sahara Desert ∑–‡≈∑√“¬´“Œ“√à“
The Cape of Good Hope ·À≈¡°Ÿä¥‚Œø
The Rockies ¿Ÿ‡¢“√ÁÕ§°’È
The North Pole, The South Pole ¢—È«‚≈°‡Àπ◊Õ,¢—È«‚≈°„µâ
The Equator ‡ âπ»Ÿπ¬å Ÿµ√
The Holland Tunnel Õÿ‚¡ß§åŒÕ≈·≈π¥å
The Central Library ÀâÕß ¡ÿ¥°≈“ß
The National Science Museum æ‘æ‘∏¿—≥±å«‘∑¬“»“ µ√å
5. πâÕß Ê  “¡“√∂„™â the π”Àπⓧ”π“¡∑’ˇªìπ
µ”·Àπàß∑’˧π∑—Ë«‰ª√Ÿâ®—°¥’ ‡™àπ
The Prime Minister 𓬰√—∞¡πµ√’
The President ª√–∏“π“∏‘∫¥’
The Manager ºŸâ®—¥°“√
The Principal Õ“®“√¬å„À≠à
 Articles 87

§”·π–π” F ∂⓵”·Àπàßπ—πÈ ¡’™Õ◊Ë ‡®â“¢Õßµ”·Àπàß

Õ¬Ÿà¥â«¬ πâÕß Ê ‰¡àµâÕß„™â çtheé π”Àπâ“
6. πâÕß Ê  “¡“√∂„™â the π”Àπâ“™◊ËÕª√–‡∑» ´÷Ëß
·µà≈–ª√–‡∑»π—Èπ ¡’≈—°…≥–¥—ßπ’È
6.1 ™◊ËÕª√–‡∑»π—Èπ¡’§”«à“ Kingdom, Union
À√◊Õ Republic ‡™àπ
The Irish Republic  “∏“√≥√—∞‰Õ√‘™
The Soviet Union  À¿“æ‚´‡«’¬µ
The United Kingdom  À√“™Õ“≥“®—°√
6.2 ™◊ËÕª√–‡∑»∑’Ë¡’§”«à“ of ‡™àπ
The Republic of Indonesia  “∏“√≥√—∞Õ‘π‚¥π’‡´’¬
The United States of America  À√—∞Õ‡¡√‘°“
The Union of South Africa  À¿“æ·Õø√‘°“„µâ
6.3 ™◊ËÕª√–‡∑»π—Èπ‡ªìπæÀŸæ®πå ‡™àπ
The Netherlands ª√–‡∑»‡π‡∏Õ√å·≈π¥å
The Philippines ª√–‡∑»øî≈‘ªªîπ å
¢âÕ¬°‡«âπ F ∂â“™◊ËÕª√–‡∑»π—Èπ Ê ‡ªì𧔠Ê
‡¥’¬«·≈–‡ªìππ“¡‡Õ°æ®πåπâÕß Ê ‰¡àµâÕß „™â çtheé π–®ä–
 88  ÿ¥¬Õ¥ GRAM
GRAMMMAR

7. πâÕß Ê  “¡“√∂„™â the π”Àπâ“™◊ËÕ Àπ—ß ◊Õ-

æ‘¡æå√“¬«—π ‚√ßÀπ—ß ‚√ß≈–§√ ‚√ß·√¡  ‚¡ √  ¡“§¡
∫√‘…—∑  ”π—°æ‘¡æå Àâ“ß√â“π Õߧ尓√  ∂“πÕ“∫Õ∫π«¥
∫“√å ‰π∑å§≈—∫ ·≈– ∂“∫—πµà“ß Ê ‡™àπ
The Thairat Àπ—ß ◊Õæ‘¡æå‰∑¬√—∞
The Siam ‚√ßÀπ—ß ¬“¡
The Central Department Store Àâ“ß √√æ ‘π§â“‡´Áπ∑√—≈
The National Theatre ‚√ß≈–§√·Ààß™“µ‘
The Newsmen Association of  ¡“§¡π— ° ¢à “ «·Àà ß
Thailand ª√–‡∑»‰∑¬
The Tourist Organization of Õß§å ° “√ à ß ‡ √‘ ¡ °“√
Thailand ∑àÕ߇∑’ˬ«·Ààߪ√–‡∑»
‰∑¬
The Skybook Company Limited ∫√‘…∑—  °“¬∫ÿ°ä  å ®”°—¥
The A, Y Night Club ‡Õ «“¬ ‰π∑å§≈—∫
8. πâÕß Ê  “¡“√∂„™â the π”Àπâ“™◊ËÕ‚√߇√’¬π
«‘∑¬“≈—¬ ¡À“«‘∑¬“≈—¬ «—¥ ·≈–™◊ËÕ‡©æ“–¢Õß ∂“π∑’Ë∑—Ë« Ê ‰ª
‚¥¬§”‡À≈à“π—Èπ ¡’ of ª√–°Õ∫Õ¬Ÿà¥â«¬
 Articles 89

The School of Horwang ‚√߇√’¬πÀÕ«—ß

The University of Kasetsart ¡À“«‘∑¬“≈—¬‡°…µ√»“ µ√å
The Temple of Suttiwararam «—¥ ÿ∑∏‘«√“√“¡
¢âÕ¬°‡«âπ F ∂â “ ™◊Ë Õ «— ¥ À√◊ Õ ¡À“«‘ ∑ ¬“≈— ¬ ¡’
Proper Noun Õ¬ŸàÀπâ“ Common Noun πâÕß Ê ‰¡àµâÕ߇µ‘¡
the ·≈– ‰¡àµâÕß¡’ of
Horwang School ‚√߇√’¬πÀÕ«—ß
Kasetsart University ¡À“«‘∑¬“≈—¬‡°…µ√»“ µ√å
Suttiwararam Temple «—¥ ÿ∑∏‘«√“√“¡
9. πâÕß Ê  “¡“√∂„™â the π”Àπⓧ”π“¡∑’ˇªìπ™◊ËÕ
∑‘» ‡™àπ ¿“§‡Àπ◊Õ ¿“§„µâ ¿“§µ–«—πÕÕ° ·≈–¿“§µ–«—πµ°
‡™àπ
The North ¿“§‡Àπ◊Õ
The South ¿“§„µâ
The East ¿“§µ–«—πÕÕ°
The West ¿“§µ–«—πµ°
¢âÕ¬°‡«âπ F §”‡À≈à“π’ȉ¡àµâÕß „™â the ‰¥â·°à
Central Africa ·Õø√‘°“°≈“ß
Southeast Asia ‡Õ‡™’¬µ–«—πÕÕ°‡©’¬ß„µâ
Southern California ·§≈‘øÕ√å‡π’¬µÕπ„µâ
 90  ÿ¥¬Õ¥ GRAM
GRAMMMAR

10. πâÕß Ê  “¡“√∂„™â the π”Àπⓧ”§ÿ≥»—æ∑å

¢—Èπ Ÿß ÿ¥ (Superative Degree)
Beckham is the best football player in English.
11. πâÕß Ê  “¡“√∂„™â the π”Àπâ“≈”¥—∫∑’Ë À√◊Õ
‡≈¢π—∫®”π«π ‡™àπ
Pin is the first daughter of her family.
¢âÕ¬°‡«âπ F ∂â“πâÕß Ê π”‡≈¢π—∫®”π«π∑’Ë À√◊Õ
≈”¥—∫∑’Ë„™â≈Õ¬ Ê ‚¥¬∑’ˉ¡à¡’§”π“¡µ“¡À≈—ß ·≈–®–∑”Àπâ“∑’Ë
§≈⓬ adverb „π°√≥’π’ÈÀâ“¡¡’ the π”ÀπⓇ¥Á¥¢“¥ ‡™àπ
Who wants to present first ?
12. πâÕß Ê  “¡“√∂„™â the π”Àπâ“™◊ËÕÕπÿ “«√’¬å
À√◊Õ  ‘ßË °àÕ √â“ß∑’ Ë ”§—≠∑“ߪ√–«—µ»‘ “ µ√å∑À’Ë ≈“¬ Ê §π √Ÿ®â °—
‡™àπ
The Victory Monument Õπÿ “«√’¬å™—¬ ¡√¿Ÿ¡‘
The Teipei 101 Tower µ÷°‰∑‡ª 101
The White House ∑”‡π’¬∫¢“«
13. πâÕß Ê  “¡“√∂„™â the π”Àπâ“™◊ËÕ¢Õ߇√◊Õ
√∂‰ø À√◊Õ‡§√◊ËÕß∫‘𠇙àπ
The Queen Elizabeth ‡√◊Õ§«’π‡Õ≈‘´“‡∫∏
 Articles 91

14. πâÕß Ê  “¡“√∂„™â the π”Àπâ“™◊ËÕ∏𓧓√ ªÉ“

À√◊Õ¿—µµ“§“√ ‡™àπ
The Bangkok Bank ∏𓧓√°√ÿ߇∑æ
The Black Forest ªÉ“∑¡‘Ã
15. πâÕß Ê  “¡“√∂„™â the π”Àπⓧ”§ÿ≥»—æ∑å
¢—Èπ°«à“ ‡™àπ
The more he learns, the less he knows.
¬‘ßË ‡√’¬π¬‘ßË √Ÿâ
16. πâÕß Ê  “¡“√∂„™â the π”Àπⓧ”π“¡∑’¡Ë ‡’ æ’¬ß
 ‘Ë߇¥’¬«„π‚≈° ‡™àπ
The moon æ√–®—π∑√å
The sun æ√–Õ“∑‘µ¬å
The world ‚≈°
The earth ·ºàπ¥‘π
The universe ®—°√«“≈
The sky ∑âÕßøÑ“
The pope æ√– —πµ–ª“ª“
 92  ÿ¥¬Õ¥ GRAM
GRAMMMAR

17. πâÕß Ê „™â the π”Àπⓧ”π“¡¢Õߧ—¡¿’√å¢Õß

»“ π“µà“ß Ê ‡™àπ
The Tripitaka æ√–‰µ√ªîÆ° (»“ π“æÿ∑∏)
The Bible §—¡¿’√‰å ∫‡∫‘≈È (»“ π“æÿ∑∏)
The Koran §—¡¿’√‚å °âÀ√à“π (»“ π“Õ‘ ≈“¡)
18. πâÕß Ê  “¡“√∂„™â the π”ÀπⓇÀµÿ°“√≥å∑“ß
ª√–«—µ‘»“ µ√å √“™«ß»å ·≈–°“√∫Õ° ¡—¬ ‡™àπ
The Civil War  ß§√“¡°≈“߇¡◊Õß
The Renaissance  ¡—¬øóôπøŸ
The Chakkri Dynasty √“™«ß»å®—°√’
19. πâÕß Ê  “¡“√∂„™â the π”Àπⓧ”π“¡∑’ˇªìπ
™◊ËÕ‡©æ“–·≈–π“¡ °ÿ≈ ‡™àπ
The Mcdonals §√Õ∫§√—«·¡§‚¥πÕ≈¥å
The Smiths §√Õ∫§√—« ¡‘∑
 Articles 93

20. πâÕß Ê  “¡“√∂„™â the π”Àπⓧ”π“¡∑’ˇªìπ

™◊ËÕ§π´È”°—π ·µà‡√“µâÕß°“√®–‡πâπ§π„¥§πÀπ÷Ëß ‡™àπ
The Pim in your group is very friendly.
(æ‘¡æå∑’ˇªìπ‡æ◊ËÕπ„π°≈ÿà¡¢Õ߇∏Õ¡’Õ—∏¬“»—¬¥’¡“°)
21. πâÕß Ê  “¡“√∂„™â the π”Àπâ“™◊ËÕ‡©æ“–¢Õß
 ∂“π∑’Ë∑’Ë¡’°“√‡ª≈’ˬπ·ª≈ß™à«ß‡«≈“ 2 ™à«ß ‡™àπ
The Bangkok of 2499 was far smaller than
the Bangkok of 2547
(°√ÿ߇∑æœ ªï 2499 ·µ°µà“ß°«à“°√ÿ߇∑æœ ªï 2547)
22. πâÕß Ê  “¡“√∂„™â the π”Àπⓧ”π“¡‡Õ°æ®πå
π— ∫ ‰¥â ∑’Ë ¡’ § «“¡À¡“¬·∑π∑—È ß ®”æ«°À√◊ Õ §”π“¡∑’Ë ‡ ªì π  ‘Ë ß
‡¥’¬«°—𠇙àπ
The chicken is a two-footed animal.
(‰°à‡ªìπ —µ«å 2 ‡∑â“)
23. πâÕß Ê  “¡“√∂„™â the π”Àπⓧ”π“¡∑’ˇªìπ
 ”π«π¢Õß°“√™—Ëß «—¥ µ«ß ·≈–µ“¡À≈—ß by ‡™àπ
by the dozen ‡ªìπ‚À≈
by the kilo ‡ªìπ°‘‚≈
by the pound ‡ªìπªÕπ¥å
by the yard ‡ªìπÀ≈“
 94  ÿ¥¬Õ¥ GRAM
GRAMMMAR

24. πâÕß Ê  “¡“√∂„™â the π”Àπⓧ”π“¡∑’Ë√Ÿâ®—°

°—π¥’√–À«à“ߺŸâ查°—∫ºŸâøíß ‡™àπ
Please open the door.
(°√ÿ≥“‡ªî¥ª√–µŸ„ÀâÀπàÕ¬§à–)
25. πâÕß Ê  “¡“√∂„™â the π”Àπâ“™◊ËÕæ√√§°“√
‡¡◊Õß ‡™àπ
The Democratic Party
The Conservative Party
The Communist Party
26. πâÕß Ê  “¡“√∂π” the π”ÀπⓇ§√◊ÕË ß‡≈àπÀ√◊Õ
Õÿª°√≥å¥πµ√’ ·≈–À≈—ߧ”«à“ play, buy, give ‡™àπ
the piano
the drum
the guitar
27. πâÕß Ê  “¡“√∂„™â the π”Àπⓧ”π“¡∑’Ë
‡°’ˬ«°—∫¿“…“µà“ß Ê ‡™àπ
The English language
The French language
 Articles 95

The Chinese language

The German language
28. πâÕß Ê  “¡“√∂„™â the µ“¡À≈—ߧ”π“¡∑’Ë
∫Õ°®”π«π ·µà®–µâÕß¡’ çofé ¡“§—Ëπ°≈“ß√–À«à“ߧ”∫Õ°
ª√‘¡“≥°—∫ çtheé
All
Both
Many + of the + æÀŸæ®πå
Most
The majority

All
Most + of the + §”π“¡∑’Ëπ—∫‰¡à‰¥â
Some
29. πâÕß Ê  “¡“√∂„™â the π”Àπâ“ ”π«π°“√
·∫àß™à«ß‡«≈“¢Õß«—𠇙àπ
in the morning „π‡«≈“‡™â“
in the afternoon „π‡«≈“∫à“¬
in the evening „π‡«≈“‡¬Áπ
 96  ÿ¥¬Õ¥ GRAM
GRAMMMAR

30. πâÕß Ê  “¡“√∂„™â the π”Àπâ“™à«ß√–¬–‡«≈“

„πƒ¥Ÿ°“≈ ‡™àπ
in the Winter „πƒ¥ŸÀπ“«
in the Autumn „πƒ¥Ÿ„∫‰¡â√à«ß
in the Summer „πƒ¥Ÿ√âÕπ
in the Spring „πƒ¥Ÿ„∫‰¡âº≈‘
‡æ‘¡Ë ‡µ‘¡ F ·µà∂Ⓡªìπƒ¥ŸπâÕß Ê µâÕß„™â¥—ßπ’È
the Rainy Season ƒ¥ŸΩπ
the Dry Season ƒ¥Ÿ·≈âß
the Cool Season ƒ¥ŸÀπ“«
31. πâÕß Ê  “¡“√∂„™â the π”Àπâ“™◊ËÕ≈—∑∏‘∑“ß
°“√‡¡◊Õß ‡™àπ
The Communism Doctrine ≈—∑∏‘§Õ¡¡‘«π‘ µå
The Democracy Doctrine ≈—∑∏‘ª√–™“∏‘ª‰µ¬
32. πâÕß Ê  “¡“√∂„™â the π”Àπâ“™◊ÕË ¢Õß®—ßÀ«–
À√◊Õ∑”πÕß°“√‡µâπ√” ‡™àπ
The Tango ®—ßÀ«–·∑ß‚°â
The Walts ®—ßÀ«–«Õ≈∑å 
 Articles 97

33. πâÕß Ê  “¡“√∂„™â the π”Àπâ“ à«πµà“ß Ê

¢Õß√à“ß°“¬·≈–¢Õ߇ ◊Èպⓠ‡™àπ
The neck §Õ
The arm ·¢π
The hair º¡
The collar §Õ‡ ◊ÈÕ
The sleeve ·¢π‡ ◊ÕÈ
„π°“√„™â a, an ·≈– the ¡’¢âÕ¬°‡«âπ∫“ߪ√–°“√
∑’ËπâÕß Ê §«√∑√“∫
1. πâÕß Ê ‰¡àµÕâ ß„™â Article °—∫¬“πæ“Àπ–∑ÿ°™π‘¥
∑’Ë„™â„π°“√‡¥‘π∑“ß ‡™àπ
by train ‚¥¬√∂‰ø
by car ‚¥¬√∂¬πµå
by plane ‚¥¬‡§√◊ËÕß∫‘π
by boat ‚¥¬‡√◊Õ
by taxi ‚¥¬√∂·∑Á°´’Ë
by bicycle ‚¥¬√∂®—°√¬“π
by motorcycle ‚¥¬√∂®—°√¬“π¬πµå
 98  ÿ¥¬Õ¥ GRAM
GRAMMMAR

¢âÕ¬°‡«âπ F  ”π«πµàÕ‰ªπ’ȉ¡àµâÕß„™â Article

‡™àπ
on buffalo ¢’˧«“¬
on horseback ¢’Ë¡â“
on foot ¥â«¬‡∑â“
by land ‚¥¬∑“ß∫°
by water ‚¥¬∑“ßπÈ”
at sea ‚¥¬∑“ß∑–‡≈
2. πâÕß Ê ‰¡àµâÕß„™â Article °—∫™◊ËÕ∂ππ «ß‡«’¬π
 «π —µ«å «—𠔧—≠∑“ß»“ π“ ·≈–«—πÀ¬ÿ¥∑“ß√“™°“√ ‡™àπ
Sukhumvit Road ∂ππ ÿ¢¡ÿ «‘∑
Rajdevi Circle «ß‡«’¬π√“™‡∑«’
Dusit Zoo  «π —µ«å¥ÿ ‘µ
All Saintûs Day «—π¡“¶∫Ÿ™“
Chakri Day «—π®—°√’
3. πâÕß Ê ‰¡àµâÕß„™â Article π”Àπâ“™◊ËÕ‚√§ ‡™àπ
Gastritis ‚√§°√–‡æ“–Õ“À“√Õ—°‡ ∫
Hypotension ‚√§§«“¡¥—π‚≈À‘µµË”
Hypertension ‚√§§«“¡¥—π‚≈À‘µ Ÿß
Dysentery ‚√§∫‘¥
Neurosis ‚√§ª√– “∑
 Articles 99

4. πâÕß Ê ‰¡àµâÕß„™â Article °—∫π“¡∑’ˇªìπ™◊ËÕ

‡©æ“–¢Õß§π ‡™àπ
Mr. Smith
Miss. Lollar
Mr. Beckham
5. πâÕß Ê ‰¡àµâÕß„™â Article °—∫§”π“¡∑’ˇªìπ™◊ËÕ
«‘™“ À√◊Õ¿“…“ ‡™àπ
Drawing «‘™“«“¥‡¢’¬π
Scoutcraft «‘™“≈Ÿ°‡ ◊Õ
Statistics «‘™“ ∂‘µ‘
Archeology «‘™“‚∫√“≥§¥’
Chinese ¿“…“®’π
German ¿“…“‡¬Õ√¡—π
6. πâÕß Ê ‰¡àµâÕß„™â Article °—∫™◊ËÕ ∑«’ª ª√–‡∑»
¡≈√—∞ ‡¡◊ÕßÀ≈«ß ‚√߇√’¬π «‘∑¬“≈—¬ À√◊Õ¡À“«‘∑¬“≈—¬ ∑’Ë
‡ªì𧔧”‡¥’¬« ‡™àπ
Asia ∑«’ª‡Õ‡™’¬
Europe ∑«’ª¬ÿ‚√ª
Thailand ª√–‡∑»‰∑¬
 100  ÿ¥¬Õ¥ GRAM
GRAMMM AR

Turkey ª√–‡∑»µÿ√°’
New York √—∞𑫬Õ√å§
Horwang School ‚√߇√’¬πÀÕ«—ß
Dusit Thani College «‘∑¬“≈—¬¥ÿ ‘µ∏“π’
Bangkok University ¡À“«‘∑¬“≈—¬°√ÿ߇∑æ
Thammasart University ¡À“«‘∑¬“≈—¬∏√√¡»“ µ√å
7. πâÕß Ê ‰¡àµâÕß„™â Article °—∫ «—𠇥◊Õπ ≈—∑∏‘
»“ π“ ƒ¥Ÿ°“≈ ·≈–¡◊ÈÕ¢ÕßÕ“À“√ ‡™àπ
Sunday «—πÕ“∑‘µ¬å
May ‡¥◊Õπ情¿“§¡
Christianity »“ π“§√‘ µå
Imperialism ≈—∑∏‘®—°√«√√¥‘π‘¬¡
Summer ƒ¥Ÿ√âÕπ
Winter ƒ¥ŸÀπ“«
Breakfast Õ“À“√‡™â“
Lunch Õ“À“√°≈“ß«—π
Dinner Õ“À“√‡¬Áπ
8. πâ Õ ß Ê ‰¡à µâ Õ ß„™â Article °— ∫  ”π«π∑’Ë ¡’
§«“¡À¡“¬«à“ ç·∫∫é, 笒ËÀâÕé À√◊Õç™π‘¥é
 Articles 101

kind of
sort of
brand of
variety of
type of
variety of
species of
make of
9. πâÕß Ê ‰¡àµÕâ ß„™â Article °—∫™◊ÕË ¬»À√◊Õµ”·Àπàß
∂â“„™âπ”Àπâ“¢Õß∫ÿ§§≈∑’ˉ¥â√—∫µ”·Àπàß ‡™àπ
Senior policeman æ—πµ”√«®‡Õ°æ‘‡»…
Group captain π“«“Õ“°“»‡Õ°
Dean §≥∫¥’
10. πâÕß Ê ‰¡àµâÕß„™â Article °—∫ ¡“™‘°„π
§√Õ∫§√—« ‡§√◊Õ≠“µ‘ ·≈–Õ“™’æ∑’Ë„™â‡√’¬°∑—Ë« Ê ‰ª ‡™àπ
Father æàÕ Mother ·¡à
Uncle ≈ÿß,Õ“ Aunt ªÑ“, πâ“
Grand-mother ¬à“, ¬“¬ Grand-father ªŸÉ, µ“
 102  ÿ¥¬Õ¥ GRAM
GRAMMM AR

11. πâÕß Ê ‰¡àµâÕß„™â Article °—∫™◊ËÕπÈ”µ°,

™“¬À“¥  «π “∏“√≥– ®µÿ√—   –æ“π ÀÕª√–™ÿ¡  ∂“π’
 π“¡∫‘π «—¥ »“≈ ª√“ “∑ ·≈–æ√–√“™«—ß ‡™àπ
Niagara Falls πÈ”µ°‰π·Õß°“√à“
Bangsan Beach ™“¬À“¥∫“ß· π
Lumpini Park  «π≈ÿ¡æ‘π’
Hua Lum Pong Station  ∂“π’À—«≈”‚æß
Donmueng Airport  π“¡∫‘π¥Õπ‡¡◊Õß
Buckingham Palace æ√–√“™«—ß∫—§°‘Èß·Œ¡
Grand Palace æ√–∫√¡¡À“√“™«—ß
12. πâÕß Ê ‰¡àµâÕß„™â Article °—∫™◊ËÕ°’ÓÀ√◊Õ°“√
≈–‡≈àπ
Tennis ‡∑ππ‘ 
Table tennis ªîߪÕß
Fencing ¥“∫ “°≈
Basketball ∫“ ‡°µ∫Õ≈
Football øÿµ∫Õ≈

Unit 8 ∆
 Conjunctions 103

Unit 8 §”‡™◊ËÕ¡ª√–‚¬§ (Conjunction)

§”‡™◊ÕË ¡ª√–‚¬§ (Conjunction) D

Conjunction (§” —π∏“π) §◊Õ§”∑’Ë„™â‡™◊ËÕ¡ª√–‚¬§
µ—Èß·µà 2 ª√–‚¬§‡¢â“¥â«¬°—π
Conjunction ¡’ 2 ™π‘¥ §◊Õ D
1. Co-ordinate Conjunction
2. Subordinate Conjunction
1. Co-ordinate Conjunction §◊Õ§”∑’πË Õâ ß Ê µâÕß
„™â‡™◊ËÕ¡ª√–‚¬§ 2 ª√–‚¬§‡¢â“¥â«¬°—π ‡æ◊ËÕ„À⇰‘¥‡ªìπ
Compound Sentence ´÷Ëß·∫àßÕÕ°‰¥â‡ªìπ 4 °≈ÿà¡ §◊Õ
1.1 Conjunctions ∑’Ë „ ™â ‡ ™◊Ë Õ ¡ª√–‚¬§∑’Ë ¡’
§«“¡À¡“¬§≈⓬§≈÷ß°—π (And - type)
 104  ÿ¥¬Õ¥ GRAM
GRAMMM AR

§” —π∏“𠧫“¡À¡“¬ µ—«Õ¬à“ß

and ·≈– Pim is rich and beautiful.
both...and ∑—ßÈ ..·≈– Pim is both rich and beautiful.
not only..but also ‰¡à‡æ’¬ß·µà..¬—ß..Õ’° Pim is not only rich but also
¥â«¬ beautiful.
no less....than ‰¡à‡∑à“π—Èπ·µà..¬—ßÕ’° Pim is no less rich than
¥â«¬ beautiful.
as well as ·≈–, ‡™àπ‡¥’¬«°—π Pim is rich as well as beau-
tiful.
and... too ·≈–¬—ß...Õ’°¥â«¬ Pim is rich and beautiful
too.
and also ·≈–·∂¡¬—ß..Õ’°¥â«¬ Pim is rich and also beau-
tiful.
nor ·≈–...‰¡à (=and not) Pim is not poor nor ugly.
whatûs more

furthermore
moreover
again
likewise

besides
¬‘ßË °«à“π—πÈ ¬—ß..Õ’°¥â«¬

¬‘ßË °«à“π—πÈ ¬—ß..Õ’°¥â«¬

¬‘ßË °«à“π—πÈ ¬—ß..Õ’°¥â«¬
¬‘ßË °«à“π—πÈ ¬—ß..Õ’°¥â«¬
¬‘ßË °«à“π—πÈ ¬—ß..Õ’°¥â«¬

πÕ°®“°π—Èπ¬—ß
}}
Pim is rich and
beautiful :
whatûs
more, Pim is
further more, indus-
more over, trious.
again,
likewise,
besides,
 Conjunctions 105

‡°√Á¥‡≈Á°‡°√Á¥πâÕ¬ D
§”«à“ nor, moreover, whatûs more, furthermore,
besides, likewise, again ¡’À≈—°°“√„™â∑’ËπâÕß Ê µâÕß®”«à“
nor ·ª≈«à“ ç·≈–°Á‰¡àé ‡ªì𧔠—π∏“π∑’Ë„™â‡™◊ËÕ¡
ª√–‚¬§ªØ‘‡ ∏ 2 ª√–‚¬§‡¢â“¥â«¬°—𠇙àπ
Pim is not poor. + Pim is not ugly.
= Pim is not poor nor ugly.
À√◊Õ Pim is not poor and not ugly.
 à«π§”«à“ moreover , whatûs more, furthermore,
besides, likewise, again ‡ªì𧔠—π∏“π∑’Ë„™â∫Õ°¢âÕ§«“¡
‡æ‘Ë¡‡µ‘¡ À√◊Õ查‡ √‘¡ ®“°ª√–‚¬§Àπâ“À√◊Õª√–‚¬§∑’Ë°≈à“«
¡“·≈â« ‡™àπ
Pim is rich and beautiful ; moreover
Pim is rich and beautiful ; whatûs more

Pim is rich and beautiful ; besides

Pim is rich and beautiful ; likewise
Pim is rich and beautiful ; again
}
Pim is rich and beautiful ; furthermore Pim is indus-
trious.
 106  ÿ¥¬Õ¥ GRAM
GRAMMM AR

1.2 Conjunctions∑’„Ë ™â‡™◊ÕË ¡ª√–‚¬§∑’¡Ë ¢’ Õâ §«“¡

¢—¥·¬âß°—π (But - type)
§” —π∏“𠧫“¡À¡“¬ µ—«Õ¬à“ß
but ᵈ Pook never worked hard, but
she is rich.
while ·µà«à“, „π¢≥–∑’Ë Pook never worked hard, while
(=∑—Èß Ê ∑’Ë) she is rich.
yet ·¡â°√–π—Èπ (·µà«à“) Pook never worked hard, yet
she is rich.
still ·¡â°√–π—πÈ , ·µà°√–π—πÈ Pook never worked hard, still
she is rich.
whereas ·µà«à“, „π¢≥–∑’Ë Pook never worked hard,
whereas she is rich.
however Õ¬à“߉√°Áµ“¡, Pook never worked hard,
·¡â°√–π—Èπ however she is rich.
nevertheless ·¡â°√–π—Èπ (·µà«à“) Pook never worked hard,
nevertheless she is rich.
on the other hand „π∑“ßµ√ß°—π¢â“¡, Pook never worked hard, on
·¡â°√–π—Èπ the other hand she is rich.
for all that ·µà«à“, ·¡â°√–π—Èπ Pook never worked hard, for
all that she is rich.
 Conjunctions 107

‡°√Á¥‡≈Á°‡°√Á¥πâÕ¬ D
æ’Ë Ê ¢ÕÕ∏‘∫“¬√“¬≈–‡Õ’¬¥‡°’¬Ë «°—∫§«“¡À¡“¬¢Õß
·µà≈–§”Õ’°§√—Èß«à“
but : ∂â“„™â„πª√–‚¬§ —Èπ Ê πâÕß Ê
‰¡àµÕâ ß„™â ç,é (comma) ·µà∂“â
ª√–‚¬§π—πÈ ¬“«πâÕß Ê ®”‡ªìπ
µâÕß„™â ç,é ¡“§—Ëπª√–‚¬§
yet : πâÕß Ê  “¡“√∂„™â°—∫¢âÕ§«“¡
∑’Ë¢—¥·¬âß°—πÕ¬à“߇ÀÁπ‰¥â™—¥
however : ·ª≈«à“ çÕ¬à“߉√°Áµ“¡é πâÕß Ê
 “¡“√∂„™â‰¥â°—∫¢âÕ§«“¡∑’ˉ¡à
¢—¥·¬âß°—π
while ·≈– whereas : πâÕß Ê  “¡“√∂„™â‡À¡◊Õπ but
‰¥â‡≈¬
nevertheless : ·ª≈«à“ ç·¡â°√–π—Èπé πâÕß Ê
®–„™â ‡ ¡◊Ë Õ ‡ªì π ¢â Õ §«“¡∑’Ë ∫ Õ°
‡Àµÿ·µà«à“º≈ √ÿª‰¡àµ√߇Àµÿ
for all that : ·ª≈«à“ ç∑—ßÈ Ê ‡™àππ—πÈ é πâÕß Ê
®–„™â°—∫¢âÕ§«“¡∑’Ë¢—¥·¬âß°—∫
§«“¡‡ÀÁπ¢ÕߧπÕ◊Ëπ
 108  ÿ¥¬Õ¥ GRAM
GRAMMM AR

on the other hand : πâ Õ ß Ê „™â ‰ ¥â °— ∫ ¢â Õ §«“¡∑’Ë

¢—¥·¬âß°—πÕ¬à“߇ÀÁπ‰¥â™—¥
1.3 Conjunctions „™â‡™◊ÕË ¡ª√–‚¬§∑’¡Ë ¢’ Õâ §«“¡
„Àâ‡≈◊Õ°Õ¬à“ß„¥Õ¬à“ßÀπ÷Ëß
§” —π∏“𠧫“¡À¡“¬ µ—«Õ¬à“ß
or À√◊Õ Do you like coffee or tea ?
or else À√◊Õ¡‘©–π—πÈ You must go now, or else
you will miss the train.
otherwise ¡‘©–π—Èπ You must go now ; otherwise,
you will miss the train.
either...or ‰¡à...°Á Either noodle or rice you
must choose.
neither..nor ‰¡à∑ß—È ...·≈–.... Neither Tom nor Bill have
to go.

‡°√Á¥‡≈Á°‡°√Á¥πâÕ¬ D
·µà≈–§”¡’§«“¡À¡“¬∑’·Ë µ°µà“ß°—π´÷ßË æ’Ë Ê ®–Õ∏‘∫“¬
„ÀâπâÕß Ê ‰¥â∑√“∫°—π¥—ßπ’È
or : ·ª≈«à“ çÀ√◊Õé ¡’°“√‡™◊ËÕ¡¥—ßπ’È §◊Õ
1. πâÕß Ê  “¡“√∂„™â‡™◊ÕË ¡§”∑’ÕË ¬ŸÀà πâ“ or ·≈–À≈—ß
or ‚¥¬∑’ˇ√“‰¡àµâÕß„ à comma (,)
 Conjunctions 109

2. ∂â“πâÕß Ê π” or ‰ª‡™◊ËÕ¡ª√–‚¬§ ®–µâÕß¡’

‡§√◊ËÕßÀ¡“¬ comma (,)
or else ·≈– otherwise : ·ª≈«à“ ç¡‘©–π—Èπé ‡√“
®–„™â‡™◊ËÕ¡¢âÕ§«“¡∑’ˇªìπª√–‚¬§ ‡√“®–‰¡àπ‘¬¡„™â‡™◊ËÕ¡§” Ê
‡¥’¬« ·≈–®–µâÕß„ à comma (,)
either..or ·≈– neither..nor : §”π’È∂Ⓡ√“„™â‡™◊ËÕ¡
 à«π∑’‡Ë ªìπª√–∏“π¢Õß°√‘¬“ ‡√“®–„™â°√‘¬“∑’ˇªìπ‡Õ°æ®πåÀ√◊Õ
æÀŸæ®πåπ—Èπ „ÀâπâÕß Ê ¥Ÿª√–∏“π∑’ËÕ¬ŸàÀ≈—ß or À√◊Õ nor
1.4 Conjunctions ∑’Ë„™â‡™◊ËÕ¡ª√–‚¬§∑’ˇªìπ
‡Àµÿº≈°—π (so-type)
§” —π∏“𠧫“¡À¡“¬ µ—«Õ¬à“ß
so ¥—ßπ—πÈ The bus was arrived so I
get on the bus.
for ‡æ√“– I get on the bus, for the bus
was arrived.
therefore ¥—ßπ—πÈ The bus was arrived ; there-
for, I get on the bus.
consequently ¥—ßπ—πÈ The bus was arrived ;
consequently, I get on the
bus.
accordingly ¥—ßπ—πÈ The bus was arrived ;
accordingly, I get on the bus.
 110  ÿ¥¬Õ¥ GRAM
GRAMMM AR

‡°√Á¥‡≈Á°‡°√Á¥πâÕ¬ D
§”‡À≈à“π’ÈπâÕß Ê ®–„™â‡™◊ËÕ¡„π°√≥’µàÕ‰ªπ’È
so : ·ª≈«à“ 祗ßπ—πÈ é ‡√“„™â‡™◊ÕË ¡ª√–‚¬§
‡¢â“¥â«¬°—π ‡Àµÿ·≈–º≈∑’ˇ°’ˬ«æ—π°—π
‰¡àà®”‡ªìπµâÕßÀπ—°·πàππ—°
for : §”π’ÈπâÕß Ê  “¡“√∂„™â‡À¡◊Õπ so
‰¥â∑ÿ°ª√–°“√
therefore : ·ª≈«à“ 祗ßπ—πÈ é ‡√“®–„™â‡™◊ÕË ¡ª√–‚¬§
∑’‡Ë ªìπ‡Àµÿº≈ ∑’·Ë  ¥ß§«“¡Àπ—°·πàπ
¡“°°«à“ so
consequently ·≈– accordingly : 2 §”π’È¡’§«“¡À¡“¬
‡À¡◊ Õ π°— ∫ therefore ·µà ® –‡ªì 𠧔
°√‘¬“«‘‡»…≥å —π∏“π
 Conjunctions 111

‡æ‘Ë¡‡µ‘¡‡≈Á°πâÕ¬ D
Conjunctions ®–„™â‡™◊ËÕ¡§”∑’ˇªìπ™π‘¥‡¥’¬«°—π
Verb Verb
Adverb Adverb
Adjective Conjunction Adjective
Pronoun Pronoun
Phrase Phrase
Clause Clause

2. Subordinate Conjunctions
Subordinate Conjunctions §◊Õ §”∑’Ë„™â‡™◊◊ËÕ¡
ª√–‚¬§µ—Èß·µà 2 ª√–‚¬§¢÷Èπ‰ª‡æ◊ËÕ„À⇰‘¥ª√–‚¬§∑’ˇ√’¬°«à“
Complex Sentence ´÷ßË ‡√“ “¡“√∂·∫àßÕÕ°‰¥â‡ªìπ°≈ÿ¡à Ê ¥—ßπ’È
2.1 °“√· ¥ß°“√¬Õ¡√—∫ (Concession) „π
°≈ÿà¡π’È®–¡’§«“¡À¡“¬«à“ ç∂÷ß·¡â«à“é
 112  ÿ¥¬Õ¥ GRAM
GRAMMM AR

although
ever though
even if
though
in spite of the fact that
+ clause + clause
despite of the fact that
admitting that
however
nevertheless
but, yet, still

æ’Ë Ê ¢ÕÕ∏‘∫“¬‡æ‘Ë¡‡µ‘¡‡≈Á°πâÕ¬«à“
- Although = ‡√“®–«“߉«âÀπ⓪√–‚¬§‡ ¡Õ ‡™àπ
Although the rain , she will go out.
·π–π” F ∂Ⓡ√“„™â Although „πª√–‚¬§®–µâÕ߉¡à¡’ but
‡¥Á¥¢“¥π–®ä– !
- Though = ‡√“®–«“߉«â À πâ “ ª√–‚¬§À√◊ Õ °≈“ß
ª√–‚¬§°Á‰¥â ·µà∂â“Õ¬Ÿà°≈“ߪ√–‚¬§‡√“®–µâÕß«“߉«âÀ≈—ß
comma (,) ‡™àπ
Though he is rich, he is not happy.
I donût think heûll come, though he said he would.
 Conjunctions 113

- Even though, even if = ‡√“®–„™â‡¡◊ËÕµâÕß°“√

‡πâπÀπ—°°«à“ although ‡™àπ
She does not pass the examination, even though
she study hard.
- Admitting that = ‡√“®–„™â‡™◊ËÕ¡‡À¡◊Õπ§”Õ◊Ëπ Ê
·µà®–„™â‡™◊ËÕ¡ Noun °—∫ Clause ‡™àπ
Admitting that the weather was bad, he decided
to go.
- In spite of the fact that
- Despite of the fact that = 2 §”π’È®–¡’‚§√ß-
 √â“ß„π°“√„™â∑’ËπâÕß Ê À≈“¬§πÕ“®®– ß —¬Õ¬Ÿà∫â“ß
Inspite } Noun
Depite} of
-ing Form } clause

‡™àπ Inspite of his honesty, his boss did not rely on him.
- However

However
} Adjective
Adverb } Subject + Verb1 + clause

‡™àπ However active he is, he canût catch up with

his friends.
 114  ÿ¥¬Õ¥ GRAM
GRAMMM AR

2.2 °“√· ¥ß«—µ∂ÿª√– ß§å (Purpose) ¡’

§«“¡À¡“¬«à“ ç‡æ◊ËÕ«à“é À√◊Õ ç‡æ◊ËÕ∑’Ë®–é

Clause
} in order that
so that } Subject
} will (would)
may (might)
can (could)

‡™àπ David wrote it clearly in order that we could

read it easily.
¢âÕ·π–π”‡æ‘Ë¡‡µ‘¡ D
1. ª√–∏“π¢Õߪ√–‚¬§∑—ßÈ 2 ª√–‚¬§Õ“®®–‡ªìπ§π
≈–§π°Á‰¥â
2. ∂⓪√–‚¬§·√°‡ªìπ Present Simple ª√–‚¬§∑’Ë
2 πâÕß Ê ®–µâÕß„™â will, may À√◊Õ can ·µà∂⓪√–‚¬§·√°
‡ªìπ Past Simple ª√–‚¬§∑’Ë 2 πâÕß Ê °Á®–µâÕß„™â would,
might À√◊Õ could  ”À√—∫§”∑’Ë¡’§«“¡À¡“¬‡À¡◊Õπ°—∫
Conjunction °≈ÿà¡π’ȇ√“®–„™â„π√Ÿª Infinitive

‡™àπ
to
in order to
so as to } verb

He stops to ask for the information.

 Conjunctions 115

¢âÕ·π–π”‡æ‘Ë¡‡µ‘¡ D
1. ∂â“¡’°√√¡„πª√–‚¬§À≈—° °√√¡µ—«π—Èπ®–‡ªìπ
ºŸâ°√–∑”°√‘¬“µ—«∑’Ë Õß
2. ∂Ⓡªìπª√–‚¬§ªØ‘‡ ∏‡√“®–„™â not to, so as not
to, in order not to + verb ‡™àπ
Ben learnt driving a car so as to deliver
goods to customer.
2.3 · ¥ß “‡Àµÿ (Cause) ¡’§«“¡À¡“¬«à“
ç‡æ√“–é À√◊Õ ç‡æ√“–«à“é
because
since
as
for
clause, clause
seeing that
now that
where as
in as much as
‡™àπ Because Tom gone to school late, he was
punished.
 116  ÿ¥¬Õ¥ GRAM
GRAMMM AR

¢âÕ·π–π”‡æ‘Ë¡‡µ‘¡ D
1. because, as, since πâÕß Ê  “¡“√∂𔧔
‡À≈à“π’È¢÷Èπµâπª√–‚¬§ À√◊ÕÕ¬Ÿà°≈“ߪ√–‚¬§°Á‰¥â
2. ·µà ”À√—∫ for πâÕß Ê µâÕ߇Փ‰«â°≈“ߪ√–‚¬§
‡∑à“π—πÈ π–®ä– πÕ°®“°π—πÈ πâÕß Ê ¬—ß®–æ∫°—∫ Conjunction ∑’ËÕ¬Ÿà
„π°≈ÿà¡π’È·µà„™â‡™◊ËÕ¡ Noun °—∫ Clause
because of
on account of
due to + Noun , clause
owing to
thanks to
‡™àπ Because of your strength, you can lift one
hundred pounds.
2.4 °“√· ¥ßº≈∑’ˇ°‘¥¢÷Èπµ“¡¡“ (result) ¡’
§«“¡À¡“¬«à“ ç¡“°®π°√–∑—Ëßé
} Adjective
clause so +
Adverb } + that clause

‡™àπ Mark is so fat that he cannot run fast.

 Conjunctions 117

Meen speaks so fast that Tom can not

understand.
πÕ°®“°π—ÈππâÕß Ê ¬—ß®–æ∫°—∫§”Õ’°°≈ÿà¡Àπ÷Ëß §◊Õ
so + Adjective + a Noun
clause such + a (N) Count Noun (sing) + that clause
such + Uncount Noun (plu)
-This restaurant serves such good meals that
we go there often.
-Owen spoke with such a loud voice that I
could understand everything he said.
2.5 °“√· ¥ßÕ“°“√ (Manner) ¡’§«“¡À¡“¬
«à“ ç‡À¡◊Õπé À√◊Õ ç√“«°—∫«à“é
as
clause as if clause
as though

‡™àπ Alice talks as if he know everything he was.

They behave as though they owned the place.
Eyes as big as saucers.
 118  ÿ¥¬Õ¥ GRAM
GRAMMM AR

·π–π”‡æ‘Ë¡‡µ‘¡ D
1. πâÕß Ê µâÕß —߇°µ«à“ª√–‚¬§∑’ËÕ¬ŸàÀ≈—ß as if,
as though ¢âÕ§«“¡∑’ËÕ¬Ÿà„πª√–‚¬§π—Èπ¡—°®–‡ªìπ‡√◊ËÕß∑’ˉ¡à‰¥â
‡°‘¥¢÷Èπ®√‘ß ·µà‡ªìπ°“√ ¡¡µ‘À√◊Õ°“√‡ª√’¬∫‡∑’¬∫
2. ∂â “ πâ Õ ß Ê µâ Õ ß°“√®–æŸ ¥ ∂÷ ß ‡Àµÿ ° “√≥å ∑’Ë
®‘πµπ“°“√¢÷Èπ¡“ À≈—ß as if, as though πâÕß Ê ®–µâÕß∑”
‡ªìπ Past Simple À√◊Õ Past Perfect ·µà∂“â ‡ªìπ Verb to be
πâÕß Ê ®–µâÕß„™â were °—∫ª√–∏“π∑ÿ°µ—«
2.6 °“√· ¥ß‡«≈“ (time)
- when = ‡¡◊ËÕ
They will do it when they have time
- whenever = ‡¡◊ËÕ‰√°Áµ“¡
She will sad whenever she missed
her brother.
- while, as = ¢≥–∑’Ë
I met Owen while I stayed at Liverpool.
- as soon as = ∑—π∑’∑’Ë
The children will go home as soon as
the bell rings.
 Conjunctions 119

- till, until = ®π°√–∑—Ëß

I am swimming in the pool until the
sunset.
- before = °àÕπ
I do my homework before I go out.
- after= À≈—ß®“°
I will go out after I done my home-
work finished.
2.7 °“√· ¥ß‡ß◊ËÕπ‰¢ (condition)
- if = ∂â“
If the weather cold, I will go to
Chiengmai.
- if only = ∂Ⓡ撬߷µà (‡πâπ¡“°°«à“ if)
If only the weather cold, I will go to
Chiengmai.
- Unless (if...not) = ∂â“..‰¡à
They wonût have swimming, unless
the weather warm.
- supposing (that) =  ¡¡µ‘«à“
Supposing the snowfall, we will play
ski.
 120  ÿ¥¬Õ¥ GRAM
GRAMMM AR

- providing (that), on condition (that)

= ‚¥¬¡’‡ß◊ËÕπ‰¢«à“
You may take this DVD today pro-
vided that you return it in the next day.
·π–π”‡æ‘Ë¡‡µ‘¡ D
1. πâÕß Ê ®–µâÕß —߇°µ°“√„™â Tense „π Condi-
tional sentences ¥â«¬π–®ä–!
2. „π°√≥’§”«à“ in case of ®–µâÕßµ“¡¥â«¬ Noun
À√◊Õ Clause.

Unit 9 ∆
 Punctuations and Capitalization 121

Punctuations and Capitalization (‡§√◊ËÕßÀ¡“¬

«√√§µÕπ) D
°“√„ à‡§√◊ËÕßÀ¡“¬«√√§µÕπ„π¿“…“Õ—ß°ƒ…‡ªìπ
‡√◊ËÕß∑’˧àÕπ¢â“ß ”§—≠ ´÷ËßπâÕß Ê ®”‡ªìπ®–µâÕß„À⧫“¡
 π„®æÕ Ê °—∫ Grammar ∑ÿ°™π‘¥ ´÷Ëß„π∫∑π’Èæ’Ë Ê ®–Õ∏‘∫“¬
‡°’¬Ë «°—∫°“√„™â‡§√◊ÕË ßÀ¡“¬«√√§µÕπ·µà≈–™π‘¥∑’ËπâÕß Ê §«√
∑√“∫
Punctuation ‡§√◊ÕË ßÀ¡“¬«√√§µÕπ„π¿“…“Õ—ß°ƒ…
‡√“ “¡“√∂·∫àßÕÕ°‰¥â‡ªìπ 2 ™π‘¥ §◊Õ
1. ™π‘¥∑’ËÕ¬Ÿà¿“¬„πª√–‚¬§
2. ™π‘¥∑’ËÕ¬Ÿà¿“¬πÕ°ª√–‚¬§
122  ÿ¥¬Õ¥ GRAM
GRAMMM AR

1. ™π‘¥∑’ËÕ¬Ÿà¿“¬„πª√–‚¬§
1.1 Comma (,)
Comma ‡ªìπ‡§√◊ËÕßÀ¡“¬∑’Ë„™â¡“°∑’Ë ÿ¥
¢Õ߇§√◊ËÕßÀ¡“¬™π‘¥∑’ËÕ¬Ÿà¿“¬„πª√–‚¬§
·≈–µàÕ‰ªπ’æÈ Ê’Ë ®–¢ÕÕ∏‘∫“¬°“√„™â‡§√◊ÕË ßÀ¡“¬
comma
1. „™â‡§√◊ËÕßÀ¡“¬ comma §—Ëπ‡æ◊ËÕ·¬°
§”π“¡´âÕ𠇙àπ
Thailand, a country in Asia, is
famous for its beautiful beaches.
2. „™â‡§√◊ËÕßÀ¡“¬ comma ‡æ◊ËÕ„™â·¬°
√–À«à“ߧ”∑’ËÕ¬Ÿà„π°≈ÿࡇ¥’¬«°—𠇙àπ
I want a new job, new car, and
new house.

3. „™â‡§√◊ËÕßÀ¡“¬ comma ‡æ◊ËÕ·¬°¢âÕ

§«“¡„πª√–‚¬§§”查 ‡™àπ
She said, çWe are happyé
Punctuations and Capitalization 123

4. „™â‡§√◊ÕË ßÀ¡“¬ comma §—πË √–À«à“ߪï°∫—

‡¥◊Õπ, ∂ππ°—∫‡¡◊Õß ·≈–‡¡◊Õß°—∫
ª√–‡∑» ‡™àπ
June 8,2004
42 Sukumvit Road,
Bangkok, Thailand.
5. „™â comma „π°“√§—Ëπ¢â“ßÀπâ“À√◊Õ¢â“ß
À≈—ß™◊ËÕ ‡™àπ
What would you like to drink, Peter ?
Alice, what did Alan said?
6. „™â comma ·¬°§”§ÿ≥»—æ∑å∑’Ë∫Õ° ’
‡™àπ
a black, white dog
7. „™â comma ·¬°§”§ÿ≥»—æ∑å∑’˵“¡
À≈—ߧ”π“¡ ‡™àπ
The girl is tall, slim and pretty.
8. „™â comma §—πË ª√–‚¬§∑’µË “¡À≈—ß Yes,
No ·≈– Well ∑’πË Õâ ß Ê  “¡“√∂„™â¢π÷È µâπ
ª√–‚¬§ ‡™àπ
 124  ÿ¥¬Õ¥ GRAM
GRAMMM AR

Do you walk to school ? Yes, I walk to school.

No, I do not walk to school.
Well I can go out.
9. „™â comma §—ËπÕ—°…√¬àÕ¢Õߪ√‘≠≠“
µ—Èß·µà 2 ª√‘≠≠“¢÷Èπ‰ª∑’Ëπ”¡“‡¢’¬π
µàÕ∑⓬™◊ËÕ§π ‡æ◊ËÕ∫Õ°«ÿ≤‘°“√»÷°…“
‡™àπ
M.A , Ph.D
C.P.E., M.A., Ph.D.
1.2 Colon (:)
„™â colon ¥—ßµàÕ‰ªπ’È
1. „™â colon µ“¡À≈—ߧ”¢÷πÈ µâπ„π®¥À¡“¬
∏ÿ√°‘®·∫∫Õ‡¡√‘°π— ‡™àπ
Dear Sirs :
Dear Gentlemen :
Dear Mr. Phillip :
 Punctuations and Capitalization 125

2. „™â colon °—∫°“√„™â·®âß√“¬°“√ ∑’Ë¡’§”

«à“ as follows, the following ‡™àπ
The following words are question
words : what, where, when, why, how,
who, whom.
1.3 Semicolon (;)
„™â semicolon ‰¥â¥ß— µàÕ‰ªπ’È
1. „™â semicolon °—∫ª√–‚¬§∑’¡Ë ‡’ §√◊ÕË ßÀ¡“¬
comma §—ËπÕ¬Ÿà·≈â«
Excuse me, Sir ; where is the bank ?
2. „™â semicolon «“߉«âÀπⓧ”µàÕ‰ªπ’È
however moreover besides
furthermore accordingly therefore
nevertheless otherwise consequently
‡æ‘Ë¡‡µ‘¡ F πâÕß Ê ®–µâÕß„ à semicolon ‰«âÀπâ“
§”‡À≈à“π’È ·≈–®–µâÕß„ à‡§√◊ËÕßÀ¡“¬ comma (,) ‰«â∑⓬§”
‡À≈à“π’ȥ⫬
126  ÿ¥¬Õ¥ GRAM
GRAMMM AR

1.4 Hyphen (-)

πâÕß Ê ®–„™â hyphen ¥—ßµàÕ‰ªπ’È
1. „™â hyphen ‡æ◊ËÕ·¬°æ¬“ߧå¢Õߧ”∑’Ë
‡¢’¬πÀ√◊Õæ‘¡æ剡àæÕ∫√√∑—¥ ‡™àπ
Beckham is the most handsome
football player in the Real Madrid
Team.
2. „™â hyphen ‡æ◊ËÕ‡™◊ËÕ¡§” 2 §”„À⇪ìπ
§”‡¥’¬«°—π
light-hearted ‡∫‘°∫“π„®
great-grandmother ¬à“¢ÕßæàÕÀ√◊Õ·¡à
swimming - pool  √–«à“¬πÈ”
3. „™â hyphen ‡™◊ËÕ¡§”º ¡∑’ˇ°‘¥®“°°“√
‡µ‘¡ prefix Õ¬Ÿà¢â“ßÀπâ“∫“ߧ”
co-ordinate ‡°’ˬ«°—∫Õ—π¥—∫‡¥’¬«°—π
anti-American §π∑’˵àÕµâ“πÕ‡¡√‘°“
self-image ¿“ææ®πå¢Õßµ—«‡Õß
self-poise §«“¡ ÿ¢ÿ¡
 Punctuations and Capitalization 127

1.5 Dash (-)

πâÕß Ê ®–µâÕß —߇°µ„À⥒«à“‡§√◊ËÕßÀ¡“¬
dash ( ) ®–µâÕ߬“«°«à“‡§√◊ËÕßÀ¡“¬
hyphen (-)
1. „™â‡§√◊ÕË ßÀ¡“¬ dash ‡æ◊ÕË ‡πâπ¢âÕ§«“¡
∑’Ë·∑√°‡¢â“¡“
Come on, I have something to tell
you - I passed final examination.
2. „™â dash Àπâ“¢âÕ§«“¡„π∑”πÕß∑’Ë∫Õ°
‡ªìπ¢âÕ Ê À√◊Õ‡ªìπ√“¬°“√
After my mother retired, she travel
these country ; namely-
1. America
2. Turkey
3. Myanmar
4. France
2. ™π‘¥∑’ËÕ¬Ÿà¿“¬πÕ°ª√–‚¬§
2.1 Full Stop (.)
πâÕß Ê ®–„™â‡§√◊ËÕßÀ¡“¬ full stop À√◊Õ
period °—∫°√≥’µàÕ‰ªπ’È
 128  ÿ¥¬Õ¥ GRAM
GRAMMM AR

1. ®–„™â full stop ‡¡◊ÕË ®∫ª√–‚¬§∫Õ°‡≈à“,

ª√–‚¬§§” —Ëß, ª√–‚¬§¢Õ√âÕß À√◊Õ
ª√–‚¬§ªØ‘‡ ∏ ‡™àπ
The children always play in the play-
ground.
Donût smoking.
Please turn off the fan.
I do not walk to school.
2. „™â full stop À≈—ßÕ—°…√¬àÕÀ√◊Õ§”¬àÕ
Õ—°…√¬àÕ D
G.M =
General Manager
H.O =
Head Office
L.T.A =
Lawn Tennis Association
F.B.I =
Federal Bureau of Inves-
tigation
M.B.A = Master of Business
Administration
 Punctuations and Capitalization 129

¢âÕ¬°‡«âπ F Õ—°…√¬àÕ∫“ßµ—«πâÕß Ê ‰¡àµâÕß„ à

Full Stop ‡æ◊ËÕ‡ªìπ°“√ª√–À¬—¥‡π◊ÈÕ∑’Ë ·≈–Õà“πÕ—°…√¬àÕπ—Èπ
‡À¡◊Õπ‡ªìπ§” Ê Àπ÷Ëß
EGAT = Electricity Generating Authority
of Thailand.
(°“√‰øøÑ“ΩÉ“¬º≈‘µ·Ààߪ√–‡∑»‰∑¬)
WHO = World Health Organization
(Õߧ尓√Õπ“¡—¬‚≈°)
OPEC = Organization of Petroleum Exportion
Countries
(Õߧ尓√°≈ÿ¡à ª√–‡∑»ºŸ â ßà ÕÕ°πÈ”¡—π)
UNESCO = United Nations Education, Scien-
tific and Cultural Organization
(Õß§å ° “√»÷ ° …“«‘ ∑ ¬“»“ µ√å · ≈–
«—≤π∏√√¡·Ààß Àª√–™“™“µ‘)
Õ—°…√µ—«µâπ°—∫µ—« ÿ¥∑⓬ D
Mr. = Mister Dr. = Doctor
Jr. = Junior Sr. = Senior
 130  ÿ¥¬Õ¥ GRAM
GRAMMM AR

Õ—°…√µ—«µâπ Ê D
abs. = Absolute
allow. = Allowance
ans. = Answer
atm. = Atmosphere
ave. = avenue
Õ—°…√µ—«µâπ·≈–µ—« ÿ¥∑⓬‡æ’¬ß∫“ß à«π D
advt. = Advertisement
agnst. = Against
bkg. = banking
deb. = decibel
fcp. = foolscap
Ltd. = Limited
3. „™â full stop „π°“√·¬°‡«≈“¢Õß™—Ë«‚¡ß
°—∫π“∑’ ‡™àπ
15.50 p.m 07.25 a.m
4. „™â full stop ∫Õ°®”π«π‡ß‘π∑’‡Ë ªìπ‡»…
‡™àπ
fl 5.50 (5 Baht °—∫ 50 Stang)
 Punctuations and Capitalization 131

$ 7.25 (7 dollars °—∫ 25 cents)

£ 9.35 (9 pounds °—∫ 35 pennies)
2.2 Triple Dots (...)
‡§√◊ËÕßÀ¡“¬ ... À√◊Õ triple dots πâÕß Ê
 “¡“√∂„™â‡¡◊ÕË µâÕß°“√„Àâ¢Õâ §«“¡∫“ß à«π
„πª√–‚¬§¢“¥À“¬‰ª ‡æ√“–¢âÕ§«“¡π—Èπ
Õ“®®–‰¡à ”§—≠À√◊Õ¡’‡π◊ÈÕ∑’Ë®”°—¥ ‡™àπ
It was the crown jewels that Moriarty
stole....
2.3 Question Mark (?)
πâÕß Ê ®–„™â‡§√◊ËÕßÀ¡“¬ Question Mark
°—∫ª√–‚¬§§”∂“¡ ‡™àπ
Where is the grocery store ?
What are you looking for ?
How long are you going to stay ?
2.4 Exclamation Mark (!)
πâÕß Ê  “¡“√∂„ à‡§√◊ËÕßÀ¡“¬ (!) ‰«â∑⓬
ª√–‚¬§Õÿ∑“πÀ√◊Õ§”Õÿ∑“𠇙àπ
Oh! you are so beautiful.
132  ÿ¥¬Õ¥ GRAM
GRAMMM AR

Be quiet!
Be careful!
2.5 Quotation Marks (ç..........é)
À≈“¬§πÕ“®®–‡√’ ¬ °‡§√◊Ë Õ ßÀ¡“¬π’È «à “
燧√◊ËÕßÀ¡“¬§”æŸ¥é ´÷Ë߇§√◊ËÕßÀ¡“¬π’È¡’
‰«â  ”À√— ∫ „ à ¢â Õ §«“¡∑’Ë §— ¥ ≈Õ°¡“®“°
¢âÕ§«“¡Õ◊Ëπ ´÷Ëß¡’«‘∏’°“√„™â¥—ßπ’È
1. „™â°—∫ª√–‚¬§ Direct Speech ‡™àπ
She said, çI work at the airporté
À≈àÕπ查«à“, ç©—π∑”ß“π∑’Ë π“¡∫‘πé
2. ∂â“πâÕß Ê ®”‡ªìπ®–µâÕß„™â‡§√◊ÕË ßÀ¡“¬
ç.....é ´âÕπ°—π 2 §√—ßÈ ª√–‚¬§πÕ°„Àâ
πâÕß Ê „™â™π‘¥§Ÿà (ç......é) ·µà∂Ⓡªìπ
ª√–‚¬§„πÀ√◊Õ™ÿ¥„π„ÀâπâÕß Ê „™â™π‘¥
‡¥’ˬ« (ù....û) ‡™àπ
She said, çWe are watching ùJu-Onû
nowé
À≈àÕπ查«à“, çæ«°‡√“°”≈—ߥŸ¿“æ¬πµ√å
‡√◊ËÕß º’¥ÿ „π¢≥–π’Èé
Punctuations and Capitalization 133

3. ∂â“¡’‡§√◊ËÕßÀ¡“¬ Comma (,) ·≈– Full

stop (.) „ÀâπâÕß Ê π”¡“‰«â¿“¬„π
‡§√◊ËÕßÀ¡“¬§”查 ‡™àπ
çExcuse meé, he said çThe air-condi-
tioner is broken.é
ç¢Õ‚∑…§√—∫é, ‡¢“查 燧√◊ËÕߪ√—∫
Õ“°“»‡ ’¬§√—∫é
4. πâÕß Ê ®–„™â‡§√◊ËÕßÀ¡“¬ Quotation
Marks °—∫™◊ËÕ∫∑ °“æ¬å °≈Õ𠂧≈ß
©—π∑å ·≈–™◊ËÕ‡æ≈ß ‡™àπ
The song I like best is çIûm not a
girl not yet a woman.é
‡æ≈ß∑’©Ë π— ™Õ∫¡“°∑’ Ë ¥ÿ §◊Õ ç·Õ¡πÕ∑
Õ–‡°‘√å≈πÕ∑‡¬Á∑Õ–«Ÿ·¡πé
5. ‡§√◊ËÕßÀ¡“¬ ? ·≈– ! ‡¡◊ËÕ¡“Õ¬Ÿà√«¡
°—∫‡§√◊ËÕßÀ¡“¬§”查 ‡§√◊ËÕßÀ¡“¬∑—Èß
2 π’Èà®–Õ¬Ÿà¿“¬„πÀ√◊Õ¿“¬πÕ°‡§√◊ËÕß-
À¡“¬§”查 πâÕß Ê ®–µâÕßæ‘®“√≥“
¥—ßπ’È
134  ÿ¥¬Õ¥ GRAM
GRAMMM AR

5.1 ∂Ⓡ§√◊ÕË ßÀ¡“¬ ? ‡ªìπ‡§√◊ÕË ßÀ¡“¬

¢Õߪ√–‚¬§∑—ßÈ ª√–‚¬§ ‡§√◊ÕË ßÀ¡“¬
? ®–µâÕßÕ¬Ÿ¿à “¬πÕ°‡§√◊ÕË ßÀ¡“¬
ç___é ‡™àπ
Did you say çWe are happyé ?
§ÿ≥查«à“çæ«°‡√“¡’§«“¡ ÿ¢À√◊Õé?
5.2 ∂Ⓡªìπ¢âÕ§«“¡∑’ËπâÕß Ê §—¥≈Õ°
¡“®“°∫∑§«“¡Õ◊πË πâÕß Ê ®–µâÕß
«“߇§√◊ËÕßÀ¡“¬ ? À√◊Õ ! „ÀâÕ¬Ÿà
¿“¬„π‡§√◊ËÕßÀ¡“¬ ç___é
The girl shouted, çHelp me
please!é
‡¥Á°À≠‘ߧππ—Èπµ–‚°π«à“ ç™à«¬
©—π¥â«¬!é
2.6 Parentheses (( )) ·≈– Brackets ([ ])
Parentheses À√◊Õ∑’ËπâÕß Ê ‡√’¬°°—π«à“
‡§√◊ÕË ßÀ¡“¬ ç«ß‡≈Á∫‡≈Á°é ´÷Ëß¡’‰«â ”À√—∫
«ß‡≈Á∫¢âÕ§«“¡∑’ËÕ“®®–‡ªìπ°“√‡µ◊ÕπÀ√◊Õ
‡ªìπ°“√µ—ÈߢâÕ —߇°µÀ√◊Õ‡ªìπ°“√Õ∏‘∫“¬
 Punctuations and Capitalization 135

§”À√◊Õ¢âÕ§«“¡π—Èπ‡æ‘Ë¡‡µ‘¡ ‡™àπ
I like the book (It is funny and amazing)
which stand on the shelf.
Brackets §◊Õ‡§√◊ÕË ßÀ¡“¬ ç«ß‡≈Á∫°â“¡ªŸé
‡§√◊ÕË ßÀ¡“¬π’πÈ Õâ ß Ê ®–„™â‡¡◊ÕË µâÕß°“√≈âÕ¡
™◊ËÕ§π ·µà¡’¢âÕ¬°‡«âπÕ¬Ÿà«à“ ™◊ËÕ§π Ê π—Èπ
®–µâÕ߉¡à„™àºŸâ·µàߢâÕ§«“¡π—È𠇙àπ
He [Columbus] discovered America.
‡¢“ [‚§≈—¡∫— ] §âπæ∫Õ‡¡√‘°“
‡°≥±å°“√„™â‡§√◊ËÕßÀ¡“¬«√√§µÕπ°—∫ —π∏“π·≈–
°√‘¬“«‘‡»…≥å π— ∏“π D
„πª√–‚¬§∑’Ë¡’§” —π∏“π πâÕß Ê ®–µâÕßæ∫°—∫
‡§√◊ÕË ßÀ¡“¬«√√§µÕπ∑’ªË √“°ÆÕ¬Ÿ„à πª√–‚¬§ ·≈–‡§√◊ÕË ßÀ¡“¬
«√√§µÕπ∑’ËπâÕß Ê ®–æÕ°Á¡’Õ¬Ÿà 2 ·∫∫ §◊Õ comma (,) °—∫
semicolon comma (; - ,) ´÷Ëßæ’Ë Ê ®–¢ÕÕ∏‘∫“¬°“√„™â‡
§√◊ËÕßÀ¡“¬‡À≈à“π’È„ÀâπâÕß Ê  “¡“√∂𔉪„™â‰¥â∂Ÿ°µâÕßπ–®ä–
1. °“√„™â‡§√◊ËÕßÀ¡“¬ comma (,)
πâÕß Ê ®–µâÕß„™â‡§√◊ÕË ßÀ¡“¬ comma °—∫§”
‡À≈à“π’§È ◊Õ and, but, or, so
 136  ÿ¥¬Õ¥ GRAM
GRAMMM AR

Robert always go to shopping, and drink.

Palm very good at dance, but she cannot
sing a song.
Will you go by car, or van ?
There is very flood here, so then cannot to
farm grain crops.
‡°√Á¥‡≈Á°‡°√Á¥πâÕ¬ D
A. ∂Ⓡªì𧔠—π∏“π∑’Ë„™â‡ªìπ§Ÿà (correlative con-
junctions) §◊Õ§”«à“ either ... or, neither .... nor, whether...or,
both...snd, not only ... but also πâÕß Ê ‰¡àµâÕß„ à comma
(,)
B. πâÕß Ê ‰¡à®”‡ªìπµâÕß„ à comma °—∫ª√–‚¬§∑’Ë
¡’°“√‡™◊ËÕ¡¢âÕ§«“¡ —Èπ Ê
Tom went in and I went out.
C. πâÕß Ê ¡’µâÕß„ à comma °—∫¢âÕ§«“¡∑’˵âÕß
„™â√«¡°—πÀ√◊Õ§«∫°—π
She is poor but beautiful.
2. πâÕß Ê ®–„™â semicolon comma (;....,) °Á
µàÕ‡¡◊ÕË ¡’°“√„™â conjunctive adverb À√◊Õ °√‘¬“«‘‡»…≥å π— ∏“π
 Punctuations and Capitalization 137

„πª√–‚¬§π—Èπ Ê ´÷Ë߉¥â·°à§”«à“ however, therefore, fur-

thermore, in addition, moreover, besides, whatûs more,
otherwise, nevertheless on the other hand, for all that,
accordingly, consequently ‡«≈“„™â„πª√–‚¬§‡√“®–„ à ;
·≈–µàե⫬ ,
The rain just enough is good for plant ; on the
other hand, too much rain may damageable plant.
‡°√Á¥‡≈Á°‡°√Á¥πâÕ¬ D
∂â“πâÕß Ê æ∫ Conjunctive Adverb §”«à“ yet, still,
nevertheless, however πâÕß Ê  “¡“√∂𔉪«“߉«â∑⓬
ª√–‚¬§°Á ‰ ¥â ·µà «à “ À≈— ß ª√–‚¬§·√°πâ Õ ß Ê ®–µâ Õ ß„ à
semiconlon (;) ·≈–À≈—ߪ√–‚¬§∑’Ë 2 πâÕß Ê ®–µâÕß„ à comma
(,) ·≈–§àÕ¬µ“¡¥â«¬ Conjunctive Adverb ‡™àπ
He was hurt ; he kept patient, neverthles.
He was hurt ; he kept patient, still.
He was hurt ; he kept patient, yet.
He was hurt ; he kept patient, however.

Unit 10 ∆
 138  ÿ¥¬Õ¥ GRAM
GRAMMM AR

Helping or Auxiliary Verbs D

°√‘¬“™à«¬∑’ËπâÕß Ê ¡—°®–æ∫Õ¬Ÿà∑—Ë«‰ª¡’∑—ÈßÀ¡¥ 24
µ—«¥â«¬°—π §◊Õ
√ŸªªØ‘‡ ∏ §”¬àÕ
is is not isnût
am am not -
are are not arenût
was was not wasnût
were were not werenût
do do not donût
does does not doesnût
did did not didnût
 Helping and Auxiliary Verbs 139

√ŸªªØ‘‡ ∏ §”¬àÕ
has has not hasnût
have have not havenût
had had not hadnût
can can not canût
could could not couldnût
may may not maynût
might might not mightnût
will will not wonût
would would not wouldnût
shall shall not shanût
should should not shouldnût
must must not mustnût
need need not neednût
dare dare not darenût
ought ought not oughtnût
used to used not to usednût to
 140  ÿ¥¬Õ¥ GRAM
GRAMMM AR

πâÕß Ê  “¡“√∂·∫àß Verb ·µà≈–µ—«ÕÕ°‡ªìπ°≈ÿà¡ Ê

‰¥â¥ß— π’È D
1. Verb to be ´÷Ë߉¥â·°à§”«à“ is, am ·≈– are ´÷Ëß
‡√“„™â„π Present Tense ·µà∂Ⓡ√“®–„™â„π Past Tense
À√◊Õ°√‘¬“™àÕß 2 ‡√“®–„™â was, were ·≈– à«π¢Õß°√‘¬“™àÕß
3 ‡√“®–„™â been
Àπâ“∑’Ë¢Õß Verb to be ∑’ËπâÕß Ê §«√∑√“∫ §◊Õ
A. „™â ∑”Àπâ “ ∑’Ë ‡ ªì π µ— « ™à « ¬°√‘ ¬ “µ— « Õ◊Ë π Ê „π
ª√–‚¬§„π Passive Voice ·≈– Continuous Tense
‡™àπ The boy was hit by teacher.
They are playing football.
B. „™â°∫— ª√–‚¬§∑’¡Ë §’ ”π“¡À√◊Õ§”§ÿ≥»—æ∑嵓¡À≈—ß
‡™àπ We are editors.
C. „™â°—∫ª√–‚¬§§” —Ëß·≈–ª√–‚¬§¢Õ√âÕß
Be quiet !
Be polite !
Be slow !
 Helping and Auxiliary Verbs 141

2. Verb to do ´÷Ë߉¥â·°à§”«à“ do, does ·≈– did

„πª√–‚¬§ Present Tense ‡√“®–„™â
do °—∫ª√–‚¬§∑’˪√–∏“π‡ªìπæÀŸæ®πå
does °—∫ª√–‚¬§∑’˪√–∏“π‡ªìπ‡Õ°æ®πå
·µà„π à«π¢Õß did ‡√“®–„™â„π Past Tense ∑’Ë
ª√–∏“π‡ªìπ∑—È߇հæ®πå·≈–æÀŸæ®πå
∂â“πâÕß Ê µâÕß°“√‡ª≈’ˬπª√–‚¬§∫Õ°‡≈à“„À⇪ìπ
ª√–‚¬§§”∂“¡·≈–ª√–‚¬§ªØ‘‡ ∏πâÕß Ê  “¡“√∂∑”‰¥â‚¥¬
°“√π” do À√◊Õ does ¡“™à«¬ ‡™àπ
He goes to office by car.
He doesnût go to school by car.
Does he go to school by car ?
µ—«Õ¬à“ߢâ“ßµâπ§◊Õ ª√–‚¬§ Present Tense ·µà
∂Ⓡ√“®–„™â„π Past Tense ®–‡ªìπ¥—ßπ’È
Peter went to the beach yesterday.
Peter didnût go to the beach yesterday.
Did Peter go to the beach yesterday ?
¢âÕ —߇°µ F ∂Ⓡ√“π” verb to do ¡“™à«¬°√‘¬“
„πª√–‚¬§®–µâÕ߇ªìπ Verb ™àÕß 1 ‡ ¡Õ
 142  ÿ¥¬Õ¥ GRAM
GRAMMM AR

3. Verb to have ‰¥â·°à§”«à“ have, has ·≈– had

have ‡√“„™â°∫— ª√–‚¬§∑’ªË √–∏“π‡ªìπæÀŸæ®πå
has ‡√“„™â°∫— ª√–‚¬§∑’ªË √–∏“π‡ªìπ‡Õ°æ®πå
had ‡√“„™â∑—Èߪ√–∏“π‡Õ°æ®πå·≈–æÀŸæ®πå
·µàÕ¬Ÿà„π√Ÿª¢Õß Past
A. ‡√“®–„™â Verb to have °—∫ Present Perfect
Tense ·≈– Past Perfect Tense ‡™àπ
Mark has met the UFO.

Has Mark met the UFO ?

We had played football
}
Mark hasnût met the UFO. Present Perfect Tense

Had we played football ? }

We hadnût played football Past Perfect Tense

B. Verb to have ‡ªìπ°√‘¬“·∑â¡’§«“¡À¡“¬«à“

ç¡’é À√◊Õ ç√—∫ª√–∑“πé
‡™àπ I have a new car.
I have breakfast at 6.30 a.m.
·µà∂â“πâÕßµâÕß°“√∑”‡ªìπª√–‚¬§§”∂“¡·≈–
ªØ‘‡ ∏ πâÕß Ê µâÕßπ” Verb to do ¡“™à«¬
 Helping and Auxiliary Verbs 143

‡™àπ I donût have an old car.

Do you have an old car ?
4. Can, Could ·ª≈«à“ ç “¡“√∂é
A. ‡√“„™â楟 ∂÷ߧ«“¡ “¡“√∂«à“‡√“ “¡“√∂∑” ‘ßË
Àπ÷Ëß ‘Ëß„¥‰¥â ‡™àπ
I can swim.
I can search the information from the
internet.
·µà∂Ⓡ√“®–∑”„π√ŸªªØ‘‡ ∏À√◊Õ§”∂“¡ ‡√“°Á
 “¡“√∂„™â can ‰¥â‡≈¬ ‡™àπ
He canût drive.
Can you swim ?
B. ‡√“®–‰¡à„™â can °—∫ infinitive À√◊Õ parti-
ciples ·µà∂â“®”‡ªìπ‡√“®–„™â§”Õ◊Ëπ·∑𠇙àπ
Are you be able to go home late ?
He will be able to swimming soon.
C. could ‡ªìπ past ¢Õߧ”«à“ can ‡√“®–„™â
could °—∫§«“¡ “¡“√∂∑—Ë« Ê ‰ªÀ√◊Õ°“√Õπÿ≠“µ ‡™àπ
 144  ÿ¥¬Õ¥ GRAM
GRAMMM AR

The boy could play football when he was

ten.
She finished her report. She could go out
to shopping.
πÕ°®“°π—πÈ ‡√“¬—ß “¡“√∂„™â can ·≈– could °—∫
§«“¡À¡“¬Õ◊Ëπ Ê
D. °—∫§«“¡ “¡“√∂ (ability) ‡™àπ
I can ride a motorcycle.
E. ‡√“„™â°—∫°“√¢ÕÀ√◊Õ°“√Õπÿ≠“µ ‡™àπ
Can I use your talking dictionary ?
·µà∂â“πâÕß Ê µâÕß°“√„™â·∫∫‡ªìπ∑“ß°“√À√◊Õ
·∫∫ ÿ¿“æ‡√“®–µâÕß„™â could ‡™àπ
Could you hand me that shirt, please ?
F. „™â can À√◊Õ could °—∫°“√¢Õ√âÕß ‡™àπ
Can you pass that book to me, please ?
Could you pass that book to me please ?
°“√„™â could °—∫°“√¢Õ√âÕß®– ÿ¿“æ°«à“ can
G. „™â‡æ◊ËÕ‡ πÕ§«“¡™à«¬‡À≈◊Õ ‡™àπ
Can I help you ?
 Helping and Auxiliary Verbs 145

H. „™â楟 ∂÷߇Àµÿ°“√≥å∑¡’Ë §’ «“¡‡ªìπ‰ª‰¥âÀ√◊Õ§“¥

§–‡π°—∫ ‘ßË ∑’ÕË “®®–‡°‘¥¢÷πÈ ‡√“®–„™â can °—∫ ∂“π°“√≥åÀ√◊Õ
‡Àµÿ°“√≥å∑’ˇªìπ‰ª‰¥â ‡™àπ
The sunlight can be dangerous for the
eye.
5. °“√„™â May °—∫ Might
A. ‡√“„™â楟 ∂÷ß°“√¡’‚Õ°“ ¢Õß∫“ß ‘ßË ∫“ßÕ¬à“ß
∑’ËÕ“®®–‡°‘¥¢÷È𠇙àπ
We may go out after finished the report.
She might go to shopping in the evening.
B. might ‰¡à‰¥â‡ªìπ Past ¢Õß may ‡√“„™â might
°ÁµàÕ‡¡◊ËÕ¡’‚Õ°“ ‡°‘¥πâÕ¬°«à“ may ‡™àπ
Pim may go to Koh Chang in weekend.
C. ‡√“„™â may À√◊Õ might °—∫ have °ÁµàÕ‡¡◊ËÕ
‡√“µâÕß°“√§“¥§–‡π ‘Ëß∑’ËÕ“®®–‡°‘¥¢÷Èπ„πÕ¥’µ
may / might + have + V3
‡™àπ He may have gone out before I arrived.
D. „™â may À√◊Õ might °—∫°“√¢ÕÕπÿ≠“µ
‡™àπ May I come in ?
 146  ÿ¥¬Õ¥ GRAM
GRAMMM AR

E. ‡√“„™â may „π°“√Õπÿ≠“µ·≈–‰¡àÕπÿ≠“µ

‡™àπ Children may not play alone in the play-
ground.
May I turn the air off ?
6. °“√„™â Will, Would
will
A. ‡√“„™â will ‡¡◊ËÕµâÕß°“√查∂÷ßÕ𓧵
‡™àπ Tom will go to school early tomorrow.
B. ‡√“„™â will °—∫°“√¢Õ√âÕßÕ¬à“ß ÿ¿“æ
‡™àπ Will close the window please?
Would ‡ªìπ past ¢Õß will ‡√“„™â would
°ÁµàÕ‡¡◊ËÕ
A. „™â„πª√–‚¬§¢Õ√âÕß∑’Ë ÿ¿“æ°«à“ will
‡™àπ Would you turn the volume down please ?
B. „™â„πª√–‚¬§ would you mind if....
‡™àπ Would you mind if I drink ?
C. ‡√“„™â would °—∫§”«àà“ rather (ûd rather)
´÷Ëß·ª≈«à“ §«√®–.... ¥’°«à“ „™â„π°“√‡≈◊Õ°Õ¬à“ß„¥Õ¬à“ßÀπ÷Ëß
‡™àπ Iûd rather study in Thailand than go to
abroad.
 Helping and Auxiliary Verbs 147

D. ‡√“„™â would °—∫ like to „π°“√‡™◊ÈÕ‡™‘≠

‡™àπ Would you like to go party with me?
7. §”«à“ Shall ·≈– Should
shall
A. ‡√“„™â°—∫ª√–‚¬§ Future tense ·≈–®–„™â
shall °—∫ª√–∏“π I ·≈– we
B. ‡√“„™â‡¡◊ËÕ‡ πÕÀ√◊Õ„À⧔·π–π”·≈–¢Õ§”
·π–π”
‡™àπ Shall I drink ?
Shall we play football ?
should
A. ‡√“„™â楟 ∂÷ß¿“√–Àπâ“∑’ÀË √◊Õ§«“¡§‘¥∑’‡Ë À¡◊Õπ°—π
‡™àπ The student should be quiet after the
teacher come.
The Prime Minister should support the
farmer.
B. ‡√“„™â Should I ... °—∫°“√¢Õ§”·π–π”À√◊Õ
‡ πÕ°“√™à«¬‡À≈◊Õ
‡™àπ Should I go out with my friend ?
Should I help you hold this bag ?
 148  ÿ¥¬Õ¥ GRAM
GRAMMM AR

C. ‡√“„™â‡¡◊ËÕ°≈à“«∂÷ß ‘Ëß∑’˧«√®–∑” ´÷Ë߇√“®–
·ª≈«à“ 秫√®–é ‡™àπ
Patrick should read the book before
examination coming.
D. ‡√“„™â should have + V3 ´÷ßË ‡√“„™â楟 ∂÷ßÕ¥’µ
∑’Ë„™â°—∫ ‘Ëß∑’ˉ¡à‰¥â‡°‘¥¢÷ÈπÀ√◊ÕÕ“®®–‡°‘¥ ‡™àπ
He should have called me now.
I should have repeated the conversation.
8. §”«à“ must ·ª≈«à“ çµâÕßé ‡√“®–„™â must
°—∫ verb ™àÕß 1
A. ‡√“®–„™â‡¡◊ËÕ· ¥ß§«“¡®”‡ªìπ∑’˵âÕß°√–∑”
‡™àπ I must work hard in this year.
B. ‡√“®–„™â„π°“√„À⧔·π–π”À√◊Õ°“√ —Ëß
‡™àπ He must stop smoking.
You must take a hat off before enter the
bank.
C. ‡√“®–„™â have to ·∑π must ´÷Ëß 2 §”π’È¡’
§«“¡·µ°µà“ß°—π§◊Õ
must „™â°∫—  ‘ßË ∑’®Ë ”‡ªìπ°—∫∫ÿ§§≈∑’°Ë ”≈—ß
查À√◊Õ°”≈—ßøíß
 Helping and Auxiliary Verbs 149

have to ‡√“®–„™â楟 ∂÷ß ‘ßË ·«¥≈âÕ¡¿“¬πÕ°

∑’‡Ë °’¬Ë «°—∫°ÆÀ¡“¬À√◊Õ√–‡∫’¬∫À√◊Õ
¢âÕµ°≈ß
‡™àπ You must stop talking.
Teenager have to go home before 2 a.m.
§”«à“ mustnût ‡√“®–„™âÀâ“¡∫ÿ§§≈‰¡à„Àâ∑”
 ‘Ëß„¥ ‘ËßÀπ÷Ëß
§”«à“ havenût got to, donût have to ‡√“„™â
查°—∫∫“ß ‘Ëß∑’ˉ¡à ”§—≠
You mustnût tell my mother. (§ÿ≥Àâ“¡
∫Õ°·¡à¢Õß©—ππ–)
You donût have to tell my friend. (§ÿ≥
Õ¬à“∫Õ°‡æ◊ÕË π©—π‡≈¬‡æ√“–¡—π‰¡à ”§—≠À√Õ°)
D. ‡√“„™â must 查∂÷ß ‘Ëß∑’ˇ√“·πà„®
That man must stolen mobile phone.
9. §”«à“ need §”π’‡È ªìπ∑—ßÈ °√‘¬“™à«¬·≈–°√‘¬“·∑â
A. ‡¡◊ËÕ‡√“„™â‡ªìπ°√‘¬“·∑â need + to + V1
‡™àπ We need to go there.
I need to see the movie.
 150  ÿ¥¬Õ¥ GRAM
GRAMMM AR

·µà∂â“πâÕß Ê µâÕß°“√∑”‡ªìπª√–‚¬§§”∂“¡
·≈–ªØ‘‡ ∏ „Àâπ” Verb to do ¡“™à«¬ ‡™àπ
We donût need to go there.
Do we need to booking the ticket ?
B.  à«π„À≠à‡√“‰¡à§àÕ¬„™â‡ªìπ°√‘¬“™à«¬ ·µà‡√“
®–„™â„π√Ÿª¢Õß neednût ‡™àπ
You neednût teach. I can do it.
C. ‡√“„™â neednût + have + V3 ‡æ◊ËÕ· ¥ß°“√
°√–∑”„πÕ¥’µ∑’ˉ¡à®”‡ªìπ ·µà ‘Ëßπ—Èπ°Á∑”‰ª·≈â« ‡™àπ
My mother neednût have cooked for us.
We ate out.
10. §”«à“ dare À¡“¬§«“¡«à“ ç°≈â“é ‡ªìπ‰¥â∑ß—È
°√‘¬“™à«¬·≈–°√‘¬“·∑â
A. ‡√“„™â‡ªìπ°√‘¬“·∑â dare + to + v1
‡™àπ He dare to do everything.
B. ·µà ∂â “ πâ Õ ß Ê µâ Õ ß°“√∑”‡ªì π ª√–‚¬§
ªØ‘‡ ∏·≈–ª√–‚¬§§”∂“¡„Àâπ” Verb to do ¡“™à«¬
‡™àπ I doesnût dare to play with him.
 Helping and Auxiliary Verbs 151

C. „π à«π¢Õß°√‘¬“™à«¬‡√“®–‰¡àπ‘¬¡∑”‡ªìπ
ª√–‚¬§∫Õ°‡≈à“ ·µà‡√“®–„™â darenût °—∫∫“ߧπ∑’ˉ¡à°≈â“∑”
∫“ß ‘Ëß∫“ßÕ¬à“ߢ≥–∑’Ë°”≈—ß查 ‡™àπ
I darenût do it.
I darenût eat.
11. §”«à“ ought ·ª≈«à“ 秫√®–é
A. ‡√“®–„™â ought °—∫ to ‡ ¡Õ„π°“√·π–π”
 ‘Ë ß ∑’Ë § «√∑”„Àâ °— ∫ §πÕ◊Ë π ·≈–µ— « ‡Õß ´÷Ë ß ®–¡’ § «“¡À¡“¬
§≈⓬°—∫§”«à“ should ‡™àπ
Everybody ought to cross the road at
zebra crossing.
B. ‡√“®–„™â ought to + have +V3 ‡¡◊ËÕ查∂÷ß
 ‘Ëß∑’˧«√∑”„πÕ¥’µ·µà‰¡à‰¥â∑” ‡™àπ
You ought to have come yesterday.
12. §”«à“ used to ·ª≈«à“ 燧¬é
‡√“‰¡àπ‘¬¡„™â used to „π√Ÿª¢Õß°√‘¬“™à«¬
πâÕß Ê  “¡“√∂„™â‡©æ“–‡ªìπ°√‘¬“·∑â∑’Ë查∂÷ß ‘Ëß∑’Ë∑”‡ªìπ
π‘ —¬„πÕ¥’µ ‡™àπ
I used to go to school.
 152  ÿ¥¬Õ¥ GRAM
GRAMMM AR

·µà∂â“πâÕß Ê µâÕß°“√∑”‡ªìπª√–‚¬§§”∂“¡
·≈–ª√–‚¬§ªØ‘‡ ∏πâÕß Ê µâÕßπ” Verb to do ‡¢â“¡“™à«¬
·µà∂ⓇՓ Verb to do ¡“™à«¬ ‡√“®–µâÕ߇ª≈’ˬπ use „À⇪ìπ
°√‘¬“™àÕß∑’Ë 1 ‡™àπ
Did you use to eat a salmon?
∂Ⓡªìπª√–‚¬§ªØ‘‡ ∏‡√“®–„™â çnever used
toé
I never used to watch the news.
 ”À√—∫§”«à“ 燧¬™‘πé ‡√“®–„™â (be) used
to + noun / V.ing
I am used to swimming in the morning.
He is used to the warm weather.

Unit 11 ∆
 Question Words and Question 153

Question Words and Question D

Question Words À√◊ Õ ∑’Ë ‡ √“π‘ ¬ ¡‡√’ ¬ °°— π «à “
Wh-Question ´÷ßË §”∂“¡‡À≈à“π’·È ∫àßÕÕ°‰¥â‡ªìπ 2 ª√–‡¿∑ §◊Õ
1. §”∂“¡∑’Ë¢÷Èπµâπ¥â«¬ Question Words ‰¥â·°à
What, Where, When, Why, How, Who, Whom, Whose,
Which, How much, How many etc.
2. §”∂“¡∑’Ë¢÷Èπµâπ¥â«¬ Helping Verbs ·≈–‡ªìπ
§”µÕ∫∑’˵âÕß°“√µÕ∫ Yes À√◊Õ No
°“√„™â Question Words D
A. What ‡ªìπ‰¥â∑—Èß Adjective ·≈– Pronoun ´÷Ëß
·ª≈«à“ çÕ–‰√é
1.1 „™â°—∫ —µ«å·≈– ‘ËߢÕß ‡™àπ
What is in the cage ? A bird
 154  ÿ¥¬Õ¥ GRAM
GRAMMM AR

1.2 ∂â“„™â∂“¡°—∫§π ®–‰¥â§”µÕ∫· ¥ßÕ“™’æ

‡™àπ
What are you ? A student
1.3 What...like „™â∂“¡∂÷ß√Ÿª√à“ß ≈—°…≥– ·≈–
 ¿“槫“¡‡ªìπ‰ª¢Õß§π  —µ«å ·≈– ‘ßË ¢Õß
µà“ß Ê µ—«Õ¬à“߇™àπ
What is she like ? She is a very
beautiful girl.
1.4 What...for = why ‡¡◊ËÕ„™â°—∫ Verb ‡™àπ
What did he come here for ?
= Why did he come here ?
1.5 What for = ‡æ◊ÕË ª√–‚¬™πåÕ–‰√ ‡¡◊ÕË „™â°∫—
Noun ‡™àπ
What is this book for ?
B. Why „™â‡æ◊ËÕµâÕß°“√∑√“∫‡Àµÿº≈ ‡«≈“µÕ∫®–
„™â because, in order to, to, so as to À√◊Õ for ‡™àπ
Why did you go to the bookshop ?
 Question Words and Question 155

I went to the bookshop

} - because I wanted to buy
some books.
- in order to buy some books.
- so as to buy some books.
- for some books ?
C. Where „™â‡¡◊ÕË µâÕß°“√∑√“∫ ∂“π∑’Ë (place) ‡™àπ
Where do you come from ? I come from
London.
Where are you going ? I going to the
cinema.
Where did you graduate ? I graduate
from Bangkok University.
D. When „™â‡¡◊ËÕ‡√“µâÕß°“√∑√“∫‡«≈“ ‰¡à‡®“–®ß
‡À¡◊Õπ What time ‡™àπ
When do you go home ? I go home at
five oûclock.
When will you have a party ? I shall have a
party next Sunday.
 156  ÿ¥¬Õ¥ GRAM
GRAMMM AR

·µà What time ‡√“¡—°®–„™â°—∫‡«≈“∑’Ë·πàπÕ𠇙àπ

What time did you go out ? At seven.
E. Who ‡√“®–„™â°∫— §π·≈–„™â‡ªìπª√–∏“π‡ ¡Õ √Ÿª
§”∂“¡ §◊Õ Who + Verb ·≈–§”µÕ∫∑’ˉ¥â¡—°®–‡ªìπ™◊ËÕ§π
‡™àπ
Who is our headmistress ? Miss Churee-
porn.
Who broke the window ? Mike.
Who is knocking at the door ? Mark.
F. Whom ‡√“®–„™â whom °—∫§π∑’ˇªìπ°√√¡ ‡™àπ
Whom did you meet yesterday ? I met
Joy yesterday.
Whom are you speaking to ? I am speak-
ing to Meen.
G. Whose ‡ªìπ‰¥â∑ß—È Adjective ·≈– Pronoun ‡æ◊ÕË
„™â°—∫§π∑’Ë· ¥ß§«“¡‡ªìπ‡®â“¢Õß ‡™àπ
Whose is this car ? („™â‡ªìπ Pronoun)
Whose car is this ? („™â‡ªìπ Adjective)
 Question Words and Question 157

Itûs
} Maryûs car.
Maryûs
hers.
H. Which ‡ªìπ‰¥â∑—Èß Adjective ·≈– Pronoun ´÷Ëß
„™â°—∫§π  —µ«å  ‘ËߢÕß ´÷Ëß¡’§«“¡À¡“¬«à“ §π‰Àπ µ—«‰Àπ
À√◊ÕÕ—π‰Àπ ‡æ◊ËÕ„Àâ‡≈◊Õ°√–À«à“ߢÕß 2  ‘ËßÀ√◊Õ®“°®”π«π∑’Ë
®”°—¥ ‡™àπ
Which is your pen ? (pronoun) The red
one.
Which house is yours ? (Adjective) The
green one.
Which of you has done this ? Peter.
·µà∂“â What + Noun „™â∂“¡‡æ◊ÕË „Àâ‡≈◊Õ°®“°®”π«π
∑’ˉ¡à®”°—¥ ‡™àπ

What
} shirt
size
colour
shape
} would you like ?
 158  ÿ¥¬Õ¥ GRAM
GRAMMM AR

I. How ®–„™â∂“¡„𧫓¡À¡“¬¢Õß≈—°…≥–Õ“°“√
À√◊Õ«‘∏°’ “√ ‡™àπ
How do you come to school ? By car.
How does she dance ? Beautifully.
How does he play football ? Well.
How do you like it ? Very much.
J. How many ®–„™â°—∫§”∂“¡∑’ˇ°’ˬ«°—∫®”π«π
¡“°πâÕ¬ ‚¥¬„™â°∫— π“¡∑’‡Ë ªìπæÀŸæ®πå
How many + plural noun
‡™àπ How many books did you buy ? Five
hundred.
K. How much ®–„™â∂“¡‡°’ˬ«°—∫®”π«π¡“°πâÕ¬
- ®–„™â°—∫π“¡π—∫‰¡à‰¥â ‡™àπ
How much rice do you have ?
How much money do you need ?
- „™â∂“¡√“§“ ‘ËߢÕß ‡™àπ
How much is this radio ?
How much did this radio cost ?
 Question Words and Question 159

- „™â∂“¡πÈ”Àπ—°
How much do you weight ?
How much is five plus three?
How much is five minus three ?
How much is five multiplied by three ?
How much is nine divided by three ?
L. How about
What about
How } Gerund
What } about
Noun
‡™àπ How about going to the zoo ? = ‰ª‡∑’¬Ë « «π-
}
What  —µ«å¡“ ‡ªìπÕ¬à“߉√∫â“ß ?
M. How tall „™â°∫— §«“¡ Ÿß¢Õߧπ À√◊Õ ‘ßË ∑’‰Ë ¡à ßŸ
¡“°π—° À¡“¬§«“¡«à“  Ÿß‡∑à“‰√ ‡™àπ
How tall are you ?
How tall is this flagpole ?
N. How high „™â°∫— §«“¡ Ÿß∑’ Ë ߟ ¡“° ·ª≈«à“ ç Ÿß
‡∑à“‰√é ‡™àπ
 160  ÿ¥¬Õ¥ GRAM
GRAMMM AR

How high is the school building ?

O. How wide „™â∂“¡‡°’ˬ«°—∫§«“¡°«â“ß À¡“¬-
§«“¡«à“ °«â“߇∑à“‰√ ‡™àπ
How wide is the Chao Phaya River ?
P. How long „™â∂“¡‡°’¬Ë «°—∫§«“¡¬“« (‡∑à“‰√) ·≈–
‡«≈“ (π“π‡∑à“‰√) ‡™àπ
How long does it take to fly from Bangkok
to Singapore ?
Q. How far „™â∂“¡‡°’¬Ë «°—∫√–¬–∑“ß À¡“¬§«“¡«à“
‰°≈·§à‰À𠇙àπ
How far is it from Bangkok to Pattaya ?
R. How often „™â∂“¡‡°’ˬ«°—∫§«“¡∂’Ë«à“∫àÕ¬·§à
‰À𠇙àπ
How often do you take a bath ?
S. How old ®–∂“¡‡°’ˬ«°—∫Õ“¬ÿ ‡™àπ
How old are you ?
T. How fast ®–∂“¡‡°’ˬ«°—∫§«“¡‡√Á« ‡™àπ
How fast can he drive ?
 Question Words and Question 161

À¡“¬‡Àµÿ πâÕß Ê  “¡“√∂„™â How + Adjectives / Adverbs

„π°“√µ—ßÈ §”∂“¡‰¥â‡ ¡Õ ‡™àπ How big / How well /
How fluently etc.
«‘∏’µ—Èߧ”∂“¡‚¥¬„™â Question Words D
1. À“ Question Words ∑’ˇÀ¡“– ¡°—∫§”µÕ∫
2. µ—¥§”µÕ∫∑’˵—Èߧ”∂“¡¥â«¬ Question Words
·≈â«∑‘ßÈ
3. ‡ª≈’¬Ë πª√–‚¬§∑’‡Ë À≈◊Õ„À⇪ìπª√–‚¬§§”∂“¡ ‡™àπ
Mr. Phillip went to Paris last week ?
A)  ¡¡µ‘«à“ πâÕß Ê µâÕß°“√®–„Àâ Mr. Phillip
‡ªì𧔵Õ∫∑’µË Õâ ß°“√µ—ßÈ §”∂“¡‚¥¬„™â Who ·∑π Mr. Phillip
·≈– Who °Á “¡“√∂„™â‡ªìπª√–∏“π¢Õߪ√–‚¬§‰¥â ¥—ßπ—Èπ
‡√“®–‰¥âª√–‚¬§§”∂“¡¥—ßπ’ȧ◊Õ
Who went to Paris last week ?
B) À√◊ÕπâÕß Ê µâÕß°“√∑’®Ë –π” Question Words
µ—«Õ◊Ëπ¡“·∑π°Á “¡“√∂∑”‰¥â‚¥¬ ¡¡µ‘«à“ µâÕß°“√∑’Ë®–∑”
last week ‡ªì𧔵Õ∫ ·≈– last week ‡ªì𧔵Õ∫∑’Ë
‡°’Ëଫ°—∫‡«≈“ ‡√“ “¡“√∂π” Question Words ∑’ˇ°’ˬ«°—∫
 162  ÿ¥¬Õ¥ GRAM
GRAMMM AR

‡«≈“¡“¢÷Èπµâπª√–‚¬§ ´÷Ëß°Á§◊Õ when ‡√“°Á®–‰¥âª√–‚¬§

§”∂“¡¥—ßπ’È
When did Mr. Phillip go to Paris ?
§”∂“¡∑’Ë¢÷Èπµâπ¥â«¬ Question Words ‡√“
 “¡“√∂µÕ∫‰¥â∑—Èß·∫∫ —Èπ·≈–·∫∫¬“«
- Who telephoned this morning ?
Jim telephoned this morning., Jim did or
Jim.
πÕ°®“°πâÕß Ê ®–„™â§”∑’Ë¢÷Èπµâπ¥â«¬§”∑’Ë„™â
Wh-question ¢÷Èπµâπª√–‚¬§·≈â« ‡√“¬—ß “¡“√∂„™â Verb
™à«¬À√◊Õ helping verb „π°“√µ—Èߧ”∂“¡‰¥â ´÷Ëߧ”∑’ËπâÕß Ê
 “¡“√∂„™â¢÷Èπµâπ„πª√–‚¬§§”∂“¡‰¥â¡’¥—ßπ’È
Is this a book ?
Am I clever?
Are these pens?
Was Mike here yesterday ?
Were you busy this morning ?
Have you finished your assignment ?
Has your father returned from Phuket ?
 Question Words and Question 163

Had the train left when you arrived at the

station ?
Do you live on Sathorn Road ?
Does she speak English well ?
Did you sleep well last night ?
Shall I open the door ?
Should I tell her the truth ?
Will you be here tomorrow ?
Would you like some more coffee ?
Can you speak Chinese ?
Could he save her life ?
May I go home now ?
Might I make a suggestion ?
Ought I to drink alcohol ?
Used she to live in France ?
 164  ÿ¥¬Õ¥ GRAM
GRAMMM AR

«‘∏’µ—Èߧ”∂“¡∑’Ë¡’§”µÕ∫ Yes À√◊Õ No πâÕß Ê  “¡“√∂

∑”‰¥â¥ß— π’È D
1. ∂⓪√–‚¬§π—πÈ ‡ªì𧔵Õ∫∑’¢Ë π÷È µâπ¥â«¬ Yes ‡√“
 “¡“√∂µ—¥ yes ∑‘Èß ·≈–π” Verb À√◊Õ°√‘¬“¢Õߪ√–‚¬§π—Èπ
¡“¢÷Èπµâπª√–‚¬§·∑𠇙àπ
Yes, he is an actor.
= Is he an actor ?
2. ∂⓪√–‚¬§∑’‡Ë ªì𧔵Õ∫∑’‡Ë ªìπ no πâÕß Ê  “¡“√∂
µ—¥ no ·≈– not ∑‘Èß·≈â«®÷߇ª≈’ˬπ‡ªìπª√–‚¬§§”∂“¡ ‡™àπ
No, he does not fast drive.
Does he fast drive ?
ª√–‚¬§∑’πË Õâ ß Ê æ∫‚¥¬∑—«Ë ‰ª®–‡ªìπª√–‚¬§∑’µË Õ∫
Yes À√◊Õ No πâÕß Ê °ÁÕ“®®–æ∫ª√–‚¬§∑’Ë¡’§”«à“ çoré
Õ¬Ÿà„πª√–‚¬§¡“∫â“ß ´÷Ëß°“√µÕ∫ª√–‚¬§∑’Ë¡’ çoré π’È ‡√“®–
µâÕ߇≈◊Õ°Õ¬à“ß„¥Õ¬à“ßÀπ÷Ëß ‡™àπ
Do you like soft drink or fruit juice ?
I like soft drink, but I donût like fruit juice.

Unit 12 ∆
 Tag Question 165

§”∂“¡∑⓬ª√–‚¬§ (Tag Question) D

Question Tag ‡ªìπª√–‚¬§∑’Ë¡’ 2 ª√–‚¬§¬àÕ¬
„π 1 ª√–‚¬§À≈—° ´÷Ë߇ªìπª√–‚¬§∑’˵âÕß°“√„Àâ‡√“√—∫À√◊Õ
µÕ∫ªØ‘‡ ∏
Question Tag π’ÈπâÕß Ê ®–æ∫Õ¬Ÿà 2 ·∫∫ §◊Õ
Negative Tags ·≈– Positive Tags
1. Negative Tag §◊Õ Question Tag ∑’Ë à«π
ÀπⓇªìπª√–‚¬§∫Õ°‡≈à“·≈–¡’ à«πÀ≈—߇ªìπª√–‚¬§ªØ‘‡ ∏
∂â“πâÕß Ê µâÕß°“√‰¥â√—∫§”µÕ∫ çYesé Tag
Question ∑’ËπâÕß Ê  “¡“√∂„™â‰¥â·°à Negative Tag.
2. Positive Tag §◊Õ Question Tags ∑’Ë à«π·√°
‡ªìπª√–‚¬§ªØ‘‡ ∏ ·≈–¡’ à«πÀ≈—߇ªìπª√–‚¬§∫Õ°‡≈à“
 166  ÿ¥¬Õ¥ GRAM
GRAMMM AR

„π à«π¢Õß Positive Tag π’È πâÕß Ê  “¡“√∂„™â

‰¥â °Á µà Õ ‡¡◊Ë Õ µâ Õ ß°“√∑’Ë ® –‰¥â §”µÕ∫À√◊ Õ À«— ß ®–„Àâ ºŸâ µ Õ∫
µÕ∫ çNoé
„π°“√∑’Ë ® – √â “ ߪ√–‚¬§¿“…“Õ— ß °ƒ…¢÷È π ¡“ — °
ª√–‚¬§π—πÈ πâÕß Ê ®”‡ªìπ®–µâÕß√Ÿ®â °— ‚§√ß √â“ß·≈–À≈—°°“√
„™â‰«¬“°√≥å·µà≈–™π‘¥ ·≈–µàÕ‰ªπ’ȇ√“®–Õ∏‘∫“¬‡°’ˬ«°—∫°“√
㪉 Question Tag.
‚§√ß √â“ߢÕߧ”∂“¡∑⓬ª√–‚¬§ D
°√‘¬“™à«¬ + ª√–∏“π (√Ÿª¢Õß √√æπ“¡)+ ?
À≈—°°“√∑” Question Tag D
1. ∂â“„πª√–‚¬§‰¡à¡’°√‘¬“™à«¬ πâÕß Ê  “¡“√∂„™â
°√‘¬“™à«¬„π Question Tag ‰¥â‡™àπ
It is warm today, isnût it ?
(«—ππ’ÈÕ“°“»Õ∫Õÿàπ„™à‰À¡)
The girl isnût ill, is she ?
(‡¥Á°ºŸâÀ≠‘ߧππ—Èπ‰¡à‰¥âªÉ«¬„™à‰À¡)
She wasnût unfortunately, was she ?
(‡∏Õ‰¡à‰¥â‚™§√⓬„™à‰À¡)
 Tag Question 167

·π–π” F πâÕß Ê ‰¡à®”‡ªìπµâÕߪؑ‡ ∏∑’Ë Verb

‡ ¡Õ‰ª πâÕß “¡“√∂· ¥ß°“√ªØ‘‡ ∏∑’Ë Adverb À√◊Õ Pro-
noun °Á‰¥â ‡™àπ
We saw no-one smoking, did we?
(‡√“‰¡àæ∫„§√∑’Ë Ÿ∫∫ÿÀ√’ˇ≈¬„™à‰À¡)
·µà∂“â πâÕß Ê æ∫ª√–‚¬§∑’ˇªìπªØ‘‡ ∏‚¥¬°“√„™â§”
«à“ hardly , scarcely, barely, seldom, never, none, neither,
rarely, nothing ·≈– nobody „π à«π¢Õß Questions Tag
πâÕß Ê ®–µâÕß∑”‡ªìπ∫Õ°‡≈à“ ‡™àπ
We never see him nowadays , do we?
(‡√“‰¡à‡§¬æ∫‡¢“‡≈¬„π√–¬–π’È„™à‰À¡)
She seldom read the book before exam, does
she ?
(‡∏Õ·∑∫®–‰¡àÕ“à πÀπ—ß ◊Õ°àÕπ Õ∫‡≈¬„™à‰À¡)
2. ‡¡◊ËÕπâÕß Ê æ∫§”«à“ somebody, someone,
no one, nobody, anyone, anybody, everyone ·≈– everybody
πâÕß Ê ®–µâÕß„™â they „π Tag ‡™àπ
 168  ÿ¥¬Õ¥ GRAM
GRAMMM AR

Someone has blundered in Airport,

havenût they ?
(¡’§π∑”º‘¥æ≈“¥„π π“¡∫‘π)
3. ∂â“πâÕß Ê æ∫§”«à“ can, could, may, might,
must, shall, should, need, dare, ought, be ·≈– have
πâÕß Ê  “¡“√∂𔧔‡À≈à“π’ȉª„™â„π Questions Tag ‰¥â‡≈¬
‡™àπ
We must go to University, musnût we?
(‡√“µâÕ߉ª¡À“«‘∑¬“≈—¬„™à‰À¡)
They have finished our assignment, havenût
they ?
(æ«°‡√“∑”ß“π∑’‰Ë ¥â√∫— ¡Õ∫À¡“¬®“°Õ“®“√¬å‡ √Á®
·≈â«„™à‰À¡)
‡°√Á¥‡≈Á° Ê πâÕ¬ Ê F  ”À√—∫§”«à“ need ·≈–
dare ∑’ˇªìπ°√‘¬“·∑â„πª√–‚¬§ πâÕß Ê ®–µâÕßπ” Verb to do
¡“™à«¬ ‡™àπ
We need some rice , donût we ? (Verb ·∑â)
We need go to the supermarket, neednût we ?
(Verb ™à«¬)
 Tag Question 169

4.  ”À√—∫°√‘¬“∫“ßµ—« ‡√“®–¡’«‘∏’°“√∑” Question

Tag ·µ°µà“ß°—π‰ª
‡™àπ They have breakfast, donût we?
(æ«°‡¢“√—∫ª√–∑“πÕ“À“√‡™â“„™à‰À¡)
Verb to have ‡ªìπ°√‘¬“À≈—°„™â„π ”π«π«à“√—∫
ª√–∑“πÕ“À“√‡™â“ ‡√“®÷ß„™â Verb to do ‡¢â“¡“™à«¬
He used to be quite a good fencing player,
didnût he ?
(‡¢“‡§¬‡ªìππ—°øíπ¥“∫∑’Ë¥’„™à‰À¡)
5.  ”À√—∫ª√–‚¬§§” —Ëß πâÕß®–µâÕß„™â will you
À√◊Õ wonût you „π Tag ‡™àπ
Have another cup of coffee, will you ?
(¥◊Ë¡°“·øÕ’° —°∂⫬‰À¡)
‡°√Á¥‡≈Á° Ê πâÕ¬ Ê D
∂⓪√–‚¬§π—Èπ Ê ¢÷Èπµâπ¥â«¬ Letûs „ÀâπâÕß Ê „™â
shall we „π Question Tag ‡æ√“–«à“ª√–‚¬§∑’¢Ë π÷È µâπ¥â«¬ Letûs
‡ªìπª√–‚¬§™—°™«π ‡™àπ
Letûs go to shopping, shall we ?
(‡√“‰ª™Õªªîôß°—π‡∂Õ–)
 170  ÿ¥¬Õ¥ GRAM
GRAMMM AR

·µà ”À√—∫ Let ∑’¢Ë π÷È µâπª√–‚¬§‡ªìπ°“√¢ÕÕπÿ≠“µ

À√◊Õ¢Õ√âÕß πâÕß Ê ®–µâÕß„™â will you „πª√–‚¬§ Tag ‡™àπ
Let me go out with my friend, will you ?
(Õπÿ≠“µ„Àâ©—π‰ª‡∑’ˬ«¢â“ßπÕ°°—∫‡æ◊ËÕππ–)

Unit 13 ∆
 Active and Passive Voices 171

Active and Passive Voices D

Active and Passive Voices ‡ªìπª√–‚¬§∑’‡Ë ª≈’¬Ë π-
·ª≈ß®“°ª√–‚¬§∑—Ë« Ê ‰ª ∑’ËπâÕß Ê ‡§¬æ∫ §◊Õ ª√–‚¬§
∑—«Ë ‰ªª√–∏“π®–‡ªìπºŸ°â √–∑” ‡√“‡√’¬°ª√–‚¬§·∫∫π’«È “à Active
Voice ·µà ”À√—∫ª√–‚¬§ Passive Voice §◊Õª√–‚¬§∑’Ë
ª√–∏“π‡ªìπºŸâ∂Ÿ°°√–∑” À√◊Õ
Active §◊Õ ª√–∏“π‡ªìπºŸâ°√–∑”„πª√–‚¬§
Passive §◊Õ ª√–∏“π‡ªìπºŸâ∂Ÿ°°√–∑”„πª√–‚¬§
‡™àπ
Active Passive
She writes a letter. A letter is written by her.
 172  ÿ¥¬Õ¥ GRAM
GRAMMM AR

¢—πÈ µÕπ°“√‡ª≈’¬Ë πª√–‚¬§ Active „À⇪ìπ Passive D

1. π”°√√¡¢Õߪ√–‚¬§ Active ¡“‡ªìπª√–∏“π¢Õß
Passive
2. ‡ª≈’ˬπ Verb „πª√–‚¬§ Active „À⇪ìπ Verb
™àÕß 3 „πª√–‚¬§ Passive
3. π” Verb to be ¡“π”Àπâ“ Verb ™àÕß 3 ·≈–
µâÕß„Àâ Õ¥§≈âÕß°—∫ª√–∏“π„πª√–‚¬§ Passive ·µà„™â
Tense ‡¥‘¡„πª√–‚¬§ Actives
4. π” çbyé ¡“«“߉«âÀ≈—ß verb ™àÕß 3
5. ‡ª≈’¬Ë πª√–∏“π „πª√–‚¬§ Actives ¡“‡ªìπ°√√¡
„πª√–‚¬§ Passive
¢âÕ —߇°µ D
1. πâÕß Ê ®–µâÕßÕà“πª√–‚¬§π—Èπ Ê „À⇢Ⓞ®«à“
ª√–‚¬§π—È π §”„¥‡ªì π °√√¡ ·≈â « ‡√“®÷ ß π”°√√¡¡“‡ªì π
ª√–∏“π„π Passive Voice
2. ª√–‚¬§∑’¡Ë ∑’ ß—È °√√¡µ√ß·≈–°√√¡√Õß ‡¡◊ÕË ‡ªìπ
Passive ®–„™â°√√¡µ—«„¥¢÷Èπ¡“‡ªìπª√–∏“π°Á‰¥â
πâ Õ ß Ê  “¡“√∂‡ª≈’Ë ¬ πª√–‚¬§∫Õ°‡≈à “ ¢Õß
Passive Voice ‡ªìπª√–‚¬§§”∂“¡‰¥â¥—ßπ’È
 Active and Passive Voices 173

1. ‡ª≈’¬Ë πª√–‚¬§§”∂“¡¢Õß Active Voice „À⇪ìπ

ª√–‚¬§∫Õ°‡≈à“
2. ‡ª≈’ˬπª√–‚¬§∫Õ°‡≈à“¢Õß Active Voice ¡“
‡ªìπª√–‚¬§ Passive Voice
3. ‡ª≈’¬Ë πª√–‚¬§ Passive Voice „À⇪ìπª√–‚¬§
§”∂“¡‚¥¬°“√π” Verb to be À√◊Õ°√‘¬“™à«¬µ—«Õ◊Ëπ¡“‡ªìπ
ª√–∏“π ·≈â«π” Question Mark (?) ¡“‰«â∑⓬ª√–‚¬§
°√≥’∑’ËπâÕß Ê µâÕß°“√„™â Passive Voice §◊Õ D
1. ‡¡◊ËÕπâÕß Ê µâÕß°“√®–‡πâπ«à“ª√–∏“π‡ªìπºŸâ∂Ÿ°
°√–∑”„πª√–‚¬§π—πÈ
2. ª√–‚¬§ Passive Voice π‘¬¡„™â„πª√–‚¬§∑’‰Ë ¡à¡’
ºŸâ°√–∑”°√‘¬“ À√◊Õ‰¡à∑√“∫·πà™—¥«à“„§√‡ªìπºŸâ°√–∑”
‡æ‘Ë¡‡µ‘¡ F πÕ°®“°π—ÈππâÕß Ê ¬—ß®–æ∫°√‘¬“°≈ÿà¡Àπ÷Ëß
∑’Ë®–µâÕß„™â„π√Ÿª Passive Voice ‡ ¡Õ °√‘¬“·∑â„πª√–‚¬§
®÷ß∑”Àπâ“∑’ˇÀ¡◊Õπ Adjective ‰¥â·°à
accustom - to be accustomed (§ÿâπ‡§¬, ‡§¬™‘π)
bore - to be bored (‡∫◊ËÕÀπà“¬)
disappoint - to be disappointed (º‘¥À«—ß)
 174  ÿ¥¬Õ¥ GRAM
GRAMMM AR

interest - to be interested ( π„®)

surprise - to be surprised (·ª≈°„®, ª√–À≈“¥„®)
use - to be used (§ÿπâ ‡§¬,‡§¬™‘π)
°“√„™â°√‘¬“∫“ߧ”„π°≈ÿà¡π’ȇ√“®–µâÕß„™â Preposi-
tion §«∫§Ÿà‰ª¥â«¬·≈–µ“¡¥â«¬§”π“¡À√◊Õ Using ‡™àπ
to be interested + in
to be used + to } + v.ing À√◊Õ noun

‡™àπ We are not interested in mathematics.

°“√‡ª≈’ˬπª√–‚¬§ Active ‡ªìπ Passive ¢Õß
·µà≈– Tense
Present Simple = Subject + Verb ™àÕß 1
‡ªìπ Subject + is, am, are + V.
™àÕß 3 + by
Present Continuous= Subject + is, am, are + V. ing
‡ªìπ Subject + is, am, are +
being + V. ™àÕß 3 + by
Present Perfect = Subject + has, have + V.™àÕß 3
‡ªìπ Subject + has, have + been +
V. ™àÕß 3 + by
 Active and Passive Voices 175

Present Perfect Continuous = Subject + has, have +

been + V.ing
‡ªìπ Subject + has,
have + been + being +
V. ™àÕß 3 + by
Past Simple = Subject + V. ™àÕß 2
‡ªìπ Subject + was,
were + V. ™àÕß 3 + by
Past Continuous = Subject + was, were
+ V.ing
‡ªìπ Subject + was,
were + being + V.™àÕß
3 + by
Past Perfect Continuous = Subject + had + been +
V.ing
‡ªìπ Subject + had +
been + being + V. ™àÕß
3 + by
Future Simple = Subject + will, shall +
V.™àÕß 1
 176  ÿ¥¬Õ¥ GRAM
GRAMMM AR

‡ªìπ Subject + will +

Future Continuous
Future Perfect
Future Perfect Continuous
shall + be + V. ™àÕß 3 +
by
= Subject + will, shall +
be + v.ing
‡ªìπ Subject + will,
shall + be + being +
V. ™àÕß 3 + by
= Subject + will, shall +
have + V. ™àÕß 3
‡ªìπ Subject + will,
shall + have + been +
V. ™àÕß 3 + by
= Subject + will, shall +
have + been + V.ing
‡ªìπ Subject + will,
shall + have + been +
being + V.™àÕß 3 + by

Unit 14 ∆
 If Sentence and Subjunctive 177

If-Sentence and Subjunctive D

πâÕß Ê Õ“®®–‡§¬§‘¥À√◊Õπ÷°ª√–‚¬§∫“ߪ√–‚¬§
¢÷È π ¡“ ´÷Ë ß ª√–‚¬§∑’Ë πâ Õ ßπ÷ ° À√◊ Õ §‘ ¥ π—È π Õ“®®–‡ªì π  ‘Ë ß ∑’Ë
 ¡¡µ‘¢÷Èπ¡“ ´÷Ëß„π¿“…“Õ—ß°ƒ…‡√“®–‡√’¬°ª√–‚¬§∑’Ë ¡¡µ‘
¢÷Èπ¡“À√◊Õ∑’ˉ¡àÕ“®‡ªì𧫓¡®√‘߉¥â«à“ çIf-Clauseé ·≈–
çSubjunctiveé ´÷Ëßæ’Ë Ê ®–¢ÕÕ∏‘∫“¬ª√–‚¬§‡ß◊ËÕπ‰¢ 2 ™π‘¥
§◊Õ
1. If-Sentence §◊Õ ª√–‚¬§‡ß◊ÕË π‰¢ ∑’ºË æŸâ ¥Ÿ  ¡¡µ‘
¢÷Èπ¡“«à“ ∂â“¡’‡Àµÿ°“√≥åÀπ÷Ë߇°‘¥¢÷Èπ °Á®–¡’Õ’°‡Àµÿ°“√≥åÀπ÷Ëß
‡°‘¥¢÷Èπµ“¡¡“
2. Subjunctive §◊Õ ª√–‚¬§‡ß◊ÕË π‰¢ ¡¡µ‘, · ¥ß
§«“¡Õ“®®–‡°‘¥¢÷Èπ‰¥â, · ¥ß§«“¡ª√“√∂π“ À√◊Õ· ¥ß
 178  ÿ¥¬Õ¥ GRAM
GRAMMM AR

§«“¡ ß —¬À√◊Õ‰¡à·πàπÕπæ’Ë Ê ®–¢ÕÕ∏‘∫“¬°“√„™â If-

Sentence Õ¬à“ß≈–‡Õ’¬¥µàÕ‰ªπ’È
If - Sentence ¡’Õ¬Ÿà 4 ®”æ«°§◊Õ D
1. ‡ß◊ËÕπ‰¢∑’ˇªìπ®√‘߇ ¡Õ (Real Conditions)
‡ß◊ËÕπ‰¢∑’ˇªìπ®√‘߇ ¡Õ §◊Õ ∂â“¡’‡Àµÿ°“√≥å„¥
‡Àµÿ°“√≥åÀπ÷ßË ‡°‘¥¢÷πÈ Õ’°‡Àµÿ°“√≥åÀπ÷ßË ®–µâÕ߇°‘¥¢÷πÈ µ“¡¡“
‚¥¬‰¡à¡‡’ ß◊ÕË π‰¢À√◊Õ¢âÕ¬°‡«âπ„¥ Ê ‡™àπ ∂â“ ¡»—°¥‘µÏ ß—È „®‡√’¬π
‡¢“°Á®– Õ∫ºà“π∑ÿ°«‘™“
‚§√ß √â“ߢÕߪ√–‚¬§‡ß◊ËÕπ‰¢∑’ˇªìπ®√‘߇ ¡Õ
¡’∑—ÈßÀ¡¥ 3 ·∫∫ §◊Õ
·∫∫∑’Ë 1 D
If + Present + , + Present
If the students study hard, they pass their exams.
present present
∂â“π—°‡√’¬πµ—Èß„®‡√’¬π æ«°‡¢“°Á®– Õ∫ºà“π
 If Sentence and Subjunctive 179

·∫∫∑’Ë 2 D
If + Present + , + Future
If Ariya walks straight on, she will reach the drug
store.
∂â“Õ√‘¬“‡¥‘πµ√߉ª À≈àÕπ°Á®–æ∫√â“π¢“¬¬“
If Sopa win the game tomorrow, she will be happy.
∂â“‚ ¿“™π–°“√·¢àߢ—πæ√ÿàßπ’È, À≈àÕπ°Á®–¡’§«“¡ ÿ¢
If the tree lack a water, it will die.
∂⓵âπ‰¡â¢“¥πÈ” ¡—π°Á®–µ“¬
‡æ‘¡Ë ‡µ‘¡ D „π‚§√ß √â“ߢÕß çPresenté π—πÈ
πâÕß Ê ®–„™â Present ·∫∫‰Àπ°Á‰¥â ‡™àπ Present Simple,
Present Perfect À√◊Õ Present Continuous ¢÷ÈπÕ¬Ÿà°—∫«à“
πâÕß Ê ®–查¢âÕ§«“¡„¥‡ªìπÀ≈—° ·≈–„π à«π¢Õß çFutureé
°Á‡™àπ°—ππâÕß Ê ®–„™â Future ·∫∫‰Àπ°Á‰¥â ·≈â«·µà§«“¡
À¡“¬¢Õߪ√–‚¬§
If the dog has seen a stranger, it will give bites.
·∫∫∑’Ë 3 D
If + Present + , + Imperative
 180  ÿ¥¬Õ¥ GRAM
GRAMMM AR

If you are alcoholism, donût drink.

∂ⓧÿ≥‡ªìπ‚√§æ‘… ÿ√“ §ÿ≥°ÁÕ¬à“¥◊Ë¡‡À≈â“
If you go to the Entertainment Complex, donût let the
child.
∂ⓧÿ≥‰ª ∂“π∫—π‡∑‘ß, Õ¬à“𔇥Á°‰ª¥â«¬
‡æ‘Ë¡‡µ‘¡ D °√‘¬“∑’‡Ë ªìπº≈¢Õߪ√–‚¬§‡ß◊ÕË π‰¢∑’Ë
®–‡°‘¥¢÷πÈ „πÕ𓧵 πÕ°®“°πâÕß Ê ®–„™â will À√◊Õ shall
·≈â«πâÕß Ê ¬—ß “¡“√∂„™â°√‘¬“µ—«Õ◊Ëπ Ê ‰¥âÕ’° §◊Õ can, may,
must, should
2. ‡ß◊ËÕπ‰¢∑’˵√ߢⓡ°—∫§«“¡®√‘ß∑’ˇ°‘¥¢÷Èπ·≈â«
(Unreal Conditions)
‡ß◊ÕË π‰¢∑’µË √ß°—π¢â“¡°—∫§«“¡®√‘ß∑’‡Ë °‘¥¢÷πÈ ·≈â«
À¡“¬∂÷ß °“√ ¡¡µ‘∑’ˇ°‘¥¢÷Èπ·≈â«„πÕ¥’µ ·≈–ºŸâ查°Á√Ÿâ«à“
‡Àµÿ°“√≥åπ—Èπ‡ªìπÕ¬à“߉√ ·µàºŸâæŸ¥π”¡“æŸ¥‡ ’¬„À¡à À√◊Õ查
µ√ߢⓡ°—∫§«“¡®√‘ß
√Ÿª·∫∫¢Õ߇ß◊ËÕπ‰¢π’ȧ◊Õ
If + Past Perfect + would have+ °√‘¬“™àÕß∑’Ë 3
If I had studied before the test, I would have passd
the test.
∂â“©—π‡¢â“‡√’¬π°àÕπ∑’Ë®– Õ∫ ©—π°Á§ß Õ∫ºà“π
 If Sentence and Subjunctive 181

(§«“¡®√‘ߧ◊Õ©—π‰¡à‡¢â“‡√’¬π°àÕπ∑’Ë®– Õ∫ ©—π®÷ß Õ∫
‰¡àºà“π)
If I had drunk, I would have a headache.
∂â“©—π¥◊Ë¡‡À≈â“ ©—π°Á®–ª«¥À—«
(§«“¡®√‘ߧ◊Õ ©—π‰¡à‰¥â¥◊Ë¡‡À≈â“ ©—π®÷߉¡àª«¥À—«)
3. ‡ß◊ÕË π‰¢∑’ÕË “®‡ªìπ®√‘ßÀ√◊ÕÕ“®‰¡à‡ªìπ®√‘ß°Á‰¥â
(Possible Conditions)
‡ß◊ËÕπ‰¢∑’ËÕ“®‡ªìπ®√‘ßÀ√◊ÕÕ“®‰¡à‡ªìπ®√‘ß°Á‰¥â
À¡“¬∂÷ß ∂â“¡’‡Àµÿ°“√≥åÀπ÷Ë߇°‘¥¢÷Èπ º≈¢Õ߇Àµÿ°“√≥åπ—Èπ
Õ“®®–‡°‘¥¢÷ÈπÀ√◊ÕÕ“®®–‰¡à‡°‘¥°Á‰¥â
√Ÿª°√‘¬“∑’Ë„™â„π‡ß◊ËÕπ‰¢π’È·∫àßÕÕ°‡ªìπ 2 °√≥’
§◊Õ
°√≥’∑’Ë 1 D
If + Present + ª√–‚¬§ will + °√‘¬“™àÕß∑’Ë 1
„™â‡¡◊ËÕºŸâ查·πà„®«à“ ‡ß◊ËÕπ‰¢À√◊Õ‡Àµÿ°“√≥åπ—Èπ®–
‡°‘¥¢÷Èπ®√‘ß ·≈–º≈∑’˵“¡¡“°Á‡ªìπ®√‘ߥ⫬
If Lita work hard, she will a lot of money.
(∂â“≈‘µâ“∑”ß“πÀπ—° À≈àÕπ®–¡’‡ß‘π¡“°)
 182  ÿ¥¬Õ¥ GRAM
GRAMMM AR

°√≥’∑’Ë 2 D
If + Past + ª√–‚¬§ would + °√‘¬“™àÕß∑’Ë 1
„™â‡¡◊ËÕºŸâ查‰¡à·πà„® ·µà‡æ◊ËÕµâÕß°“√∑’Ë®–查ÕÕ°‰ª
If Peter left early, he would catch the train.
(∂⓪Õ√åÕÕ°·µà‡™â“ ‡¢“°Á®–∑—π√∂‰ø)
4. ‡ß◊ÕË π‰¢∑’‡Ë ªìπ‰ª‰¡à‰¥â (Impossible Condition)
‡ß◊ÕË π‰¢∑’‡Ë ªìπ‰ª‰¡à‰¥â À¡“¬∂÷ß ‡ß◊ÕË π‰¢∑’‰Ë ¡àÕ“®
‡°‘¥¢÷Èπ‰¥â∑—Èß„πªí®®ÿ∫—π·≈–Õ𓧵
√Ÿª·∫∫ D
If + Past Simple, + Future in the Past
= If + Subject + Verb 2, + Subject + would + verb 1
If I were a bird, I would fly around the world.
(∂â“©—π‡ªìππ°©—π®–∫‘π„Àâ√Õ∫‚≈°)
If I were Miss Universe, I would be very happy.
(∂â“©—π‡ªìππ“ßß“¡®—°√«“≈ ©—π®–¡’§«“¡ ÿ¢¡“°)
‡æ‘Ë¡‡µ‘¡ F verb to be ∑’Ëπ”¡“„™â°—∫‡ß◊ËÕπ‰¢∑’Ë
‡ªìπ‰ª‰¡à‰¥âπ’È πâÕß Ê ®–µâÕß„™â were Õ¬à“߇¥’¬« ‰¡à«à“
ª√–∏“π®–‡ªìπ∫ÿ√ÿ…∑’ˇ∑à“‰À√àÀ√◊Õ √√æπ“¡Õ–‰√°Áµ“¡
 If Sentence and Subjunctive 183

 à«π¢Õß°√‘¬“™à«¬„πª√–‚¬§ Main Clause §◊Õ

ª√–‚¬§∑’˵“¡À≈—ß If-clause πÕ°®“°πâÕß Ê ®–„™â would
À√◊Õ should ·≈â«πâÕß Ê ¬—ß “¡“√∂„™â°√‘¬“µ—«Õ◊πË §◊Õ might
·≈– could ‰¥â¥â«¬ ·µà®–¡’§«“¡À¡“¬µà“ß°—π‡≈Á°πâÕ¬ ‡™àπ
If he came, I should watch a movie with him.
ª√–‚¬§‡ß◊ËÕπ‰¢∑’ˉ¡à„™à çIfé
„πª√–‚¬§‡ß◊ËÕπ‰¢ πâÕß Ê  “¡“√∂„™â§”Õ◊Ëπ·∑π
if „π°“√¢÷Èπµâπª√–‚¬§ ‰¥â·°à should, were ·≈– had ·µà
πâÕß Ê µâÕß√–«—ß„À⥫’ “à §”∑—ßÈ 3 §”π’®È –‡À¡◊Õπ‡ªìπª√–‚¬§
§”∂“¡ ·µà§«“¡®√‘ß·≈⫉¡à„™à
Should the weather good, we would go for a
picnic.
= If the weather good, we
would go for a picnic.
(∂â“Õ“°“»¥’ æ«°‡√“°Á®–‰ªªî§π‘§)
 184  ÿ¥¬Õ¥ GRAM
GRAMMM AR

§”∑’Ë„™â·∑π If
ª√–‚¬§‡ß◊ËÕπ‰¢ πÕ°®“°§”«à“ çIfé ·≈⫬—ß¡’§”
Õ◊ËππÕ°®“° çIfé §◊Õ
Even if = ·¡â«à“
Even if Sunee work hard, she wouldnût serious
about it.
(·¡â«à“ ÿπ’∑”ß“πÀπ—° ‡¢“°Á®–‰¡à‡§√’¬¥°—∫¡—π)
Unless = ∂â“....‰¡à
Unless you work, you will have no money.
(∂ⓧÿ≥‰¡à∑”ß“π, §ÿ≥®–‰¡à¡’‡ß‘π)
πÕ°®“°π—πÈ ¬—ß¡’§”Õ◊πË Ê ∑’¡Ë §’ «“¡À¡“¬‡À¡◊Õπ°—∫
if §◊Õ
so long as = µ√“∫‡∑à“∑’Ë , À“°·¡â«à“
suppose (that)
supposing (that) } = ∂â“ ¡¡µ‘«à“
provided (that)
}
on condition (that) = „π°√≥’∑’Ë
in case
 If Sentence and Subjunctive 185

æ’Ë Ê ¢Õ √ÿª°“√„™â Tense √–À«à“ß If- Clause °—∫

Main Clause ‡æ◊ËÕ∑’ËπâÕß Ê ®–‰¥â‰¡à —∫ π„π°“√„™â Tense
If-Clause Main Clause
(ª√–‚¬§‡ß◊ËÕπ‰¢) (ª√–‚¬§À≈—°)
Present Simple Future Simple
Past Simple Future in the Past
Past Perfect Future Perfect in the Past
µ“¡∑’æË ’Ë Ê ‰¥â°≈à“«¡“·≈â««à“ª√–‚¬§ ¡¡µ‘„π¿“…“
Õ—ß°ƒ…¡’Õ¬Ÿà 2 ™π‘¥ §◊Õ If-Clause °—∫ Subjunctive ·≈–∑’Ë
æ’ˉ¥âÕ∏‘∫“¬¡“¢â“ßµâπ §◊Õ°“√„™â If-Clause µàÕ‰ªπ’È®–¢Õ
Õ∏‘∫“¬°“√„™â çSubjunctiveé
Subjunctive §◊Õ ª√–‚¬§· ¥ß‡ß◊ÕË π‰¢ ¡¡µ‘ À√◊Õ
· ¥ß§«“¡ª√“√∂π“ ´÷Ëß Subjunctive ·∫àßÕÕ°‰¥â‡ªìπ 2
™π‘¥§◊Õ
1. Present Subjunctive
2. Past Subjunctive
 186  ÿ¥¬Õ¥ GRAM
GRAMMM AR

1. Present Subjunctive
Present Subjunctive §◊Õ°“√„™â°√‘¬“™àÕß∑’Ë 1
∑’ˉ¡à¡’ to ·≈–‰¡à¡’°“√‡ª≈’ˬπ·ª≈ßµ“¡ Tense „¥ Ê ∑—Èß ‘Èπ
À√◊Õ·¡â·µà Verb to be °Á¬—ߧ߄Àâ„™â çbeé ‡À¡◊Õπ‡¥‘¡ ‡™àπ
The Prime Minister suggested the everybody
reads the book everyday.
𓬰√—∞¡πµ√’·π–π”«à“∑ÿ° Ê §π §«√Õà“π
Àπ—ß ◊Õ∑ÿ° Ê «—π everybody ‡ªìπª√–∏“π‡Õ°æ®πå ·µàπÕâ ß Ê
°Á‰¡àµÕâ ߇µ‘¡ çsé ∑’Ë read ‡æ√“–‡√“„™â„π√Ÿª¢Õß Present Sub-
junctive.
„π à«π¢Õߪ√–‚¬§ªØ‘‡ ∏ πâÕß Ê  “¡“√∂‡µ‘¡
not Àπâ“ verb ™àÕß 1 ‰¥â‡≈¬
My mother suggested that we should not
go out at night.
(§ÿ≥·¡à¢Õß©—π·π–π”«à“æ«°‡√“‰¡à§«√ÕÕ°‰ª
¢â“ßπÕ°µÕπ°≈“ߧ◊π)
 If Sentence and Subjunctive 187

„π à«π¢Õß¿“…“查·≈–¿“…“∑’‰Ë ¡à‡ªìπ∑“ß°“√πâÕß Ê
 “¡“√∂„™â should + °√‘¬“™àÕß∑’Ë 1 ·∑π Present Subjunc-
tive 䴉
The doctor advised that you should take a
rest after Operation about two months
§ÿ≥À¡Õ·π–π”«à“§ÿ≥§«√æ—°ºàÕπÀ≈—ß®“°ºà“µ—¥
ª√–¡“≥ 2 ‡¥◊Õπ
πâÕß Ê ∑√“∫°—πÀ√◊Õ‰¡à«à“ Present Subjunctive
®–„™âµÕπ‰Àπ ·µà∂â“πâÕß Ê ‰¡à∑√“∫æ’Ë Ê ®–¢ÕÕ∏‘∫“¬¥—ßπ’È
(Present Subjunctive §◊Õ °√‘¬“™àÕß∑’Ë 1 ‰¡à‡µ‘¡ s)
1. Õ¬ŸàÀ≈——ߧ”°√‘¬“ + that ´÷Ë߉¥â·°à§”«à“
ask that ¢Õ√âÕß«à“
advise that ·π–π”«à“
demand that µâÕß°“√«à“
insist that ¬◊π¬—π«à“
order that  —ßË «à“
prefer that ‡ÀÁπ™Õ∫«à“
 188  ÿ¥¬Õ¥ GRAM
GRAMMM AR

propose that ‡ πÕ«à“

request that ¢Õ√âÕß«à“
require that ¢Õ√âÕß«à“
suggest that ·π–π”«à“
urge that ‡√àß«à“
Peter advised that she donût go out at night
alone.
ªï ‡ µÕ√å · π–π”«à “ À≈à Õ π‰¡à § «√ÕÕ°‰ª¢â “ ßπÕ°
µÕπ°≈“ߧ◊π§π‡¥’¬«
2. Õ¬ŸÀà ≈—ß It is À√◊Õ was + Adjective ∫“ߧ” + that
It is important that you tell the teacher.
¡—π‡ªìπ‡√‘◊ËÕß ”§—≠∑’˧ÿ≥®–µâÕß∫Õ°Õ“®“√¬å
‡æ‘Ë¡‡µ‘¡ F ∂â“πâÕß Ê ‰¡àµâÕß°“√„™â Present
Subjunctive (°√‘¬“™àÕß∑’Ë 1 ‰¡à‡µ‘¡ s) µ“¡À≈—ߧ”§ÿ≥»—æ∑å
πâÕß Ê  “¡“√∂„™â Infinitive with to ·∑π‰¥â π—Ëπ°Á§◊Õ
It is important + Adjective + for someone + to - Infinitive
It is important that for you to tell the teacher.
 If Sentence and Subjunctive 189

2. Past Subjunctive
Past Subjunctive §◊Õ°“√„™â°√‘¬“™àÕß∑’Ë 2 ∑’Ë
µ“¡À≈—ß°≈ÿࡧ”µàÕ‰ªπ’È
ª√–∏“π + would rather + ª√–∏“π + °√‘¬“™àÕß 2 ...Õ¬“°
®–„À⇪ìπ«à“...
Itûs time + ª√–∏“π + °√‘¬“™àÕß 2 ∂÷߇«≈“·≈â«∑’.Ë ...
It hight noon + ª√–∏“π + °√‘¬“™àÕß 2 ∂÷ ß °”À𥇵Á ¡ ∑’Ë
·≈â«∑’Ë....
It hight time + ª√–∏“π + °√‘¬“™àÕß 2 ∂÷߇«≈“æÕ¥’·≈â«
∑’.Ë ...
‡™àπ It hight time we finished to play.
(∂÷߇«≈“∑’Ëæ«°‡√“®–À¬ÿ¥‡≈àπ‰¥â·≈â«)
°√‘¬“∑’˵“¡À≈—ß°≈ÿࡧ”∑—Èß 4 π’È πâÕßÊ ®–µâÕß„™â
Past Subjunctive §◊Õ „™â°√‘¬“™àÕß 2 ‡ ¡Õ ·µà§«“¡À¡“¬
®–‡ªìπªí®®ÿ∫π—
‡æ‘Ë¡‡µ‘¡ F ∂â“πâÕß Ê ‰¡àµÕâ ß°“√„™â Past Sub-
junctive πâÕß Ê  “¡“√∂„™âÕ’°‚§√ß √â“ß §◊Õ
It is time + for someone + Infinitive with to
‡™àπ It is time for we to finished to play.
 190  ÿ¥¬Õ¥ GRAM
GRAMMM AR

°“√„™â Subjunctive µ“¡À≈—ß wish from

„π‡√◊ÕË ß¢Õß subjunctive πÕ°®“°¡’ Present Sub-
junctive ·≈– Past Subjunctive ·≈â« ¬—ß®–¡’Õ’°√Ÿª·∫∫
Àπ÷Ëߧ◊Õ wish form
µàÕ‰ªπ’Èæ’Ë Ê ®–¢ÕÕ∏‘∫“¬°“√„™â wish form
wish form À¡“¬∂÷ß ª√–‚¬§· ¥ß§«“¡ª√“√∂π“
§◊Õ¡’‡Àµÿ°“√≥åπ—Èπ‡°‘¥¢÷ÈπÕ¬à“ßÀπ÷Ëß ·µàºŸâ查µâÕß°“√„À⇪ìπ
Õ’°Õ¬à“ßÀπ÷Ëß
wish form ·∫àßÕÕ°‰¥â‡ªìπ 3 ™π‘¥§◊Õ
1. ª√“√∂π“Õ¬“°„À⇪ìπ‰ª„πÕ¥’µ
À¡“¬§«“¡«à“  ‘Ëß∑’ˇ°‘¥¢÷Èππ—Èπ‡ªìπÕ¬à“ßÀπ÷Ëß
·µàºŸâ查ª√“√∂π“®–„À⇪ìπÕ’°Õ¬à“ßÀπ÷Ëß À√◊ÕÕ¬“°®–„À⇰‘¥
µ√ߢⓡ°—∫ ‘Ëß∑’ˇ°‘¥¢÷Èπ®√‘ß
had + °√‘¬“™àÕß 3 (Perfect Subjunctive)
I wish my friend had not dead in last year.
©—πª√“√∂π“∑’Ë®–„Àâ‡æ◊ËÕπ¢Õß©—π¬—߉¡àµ“¬‡¡◊ËÕªï∑’Ë·≈â«
(·µà§«“¡®√‘ß∑’ˇ°‘¥§◊Õ ‡æ◊ËÕπ¢Õß©—𵓬‰ª·≈⫇¡◊ËÕªï
∑’Ë·≈â«)
 If Sentence and Subjunctive 191

I wish he had picked me up at the office last Monday.

©—πª√“√∂π“∑’®Ë –„À⇢“¡“√—∫©—π∑’∑Ë ”ß“π‡¡◊ÕË «—π®—π∑√å∑·’Ë ≈â«
(·µà§«“¡®√‘ß∑’ˇ°‘¥§◊Õ ‡¢“‰¡à¡“√—∫©—π∑’Ë∑”ß“π‡¡◊ËÕ«—π
®—π∑√å∑’Ë·≈â«)
2. ª√“√∂π“Õ¬“°„À⇪ìπ‰ª„πªí®®ÿ∫—π
§◊Õ ¢≥–∑’Ë查π—Èπ‰¥â¡’ ‡Àµÿ°“√≥å®√‘߇°‘¥¢÷Èπ
Õ¬à“ßÀπ÷ßË ·µàºæŸâ ¥Ÿ ª√“√∂π“∑’®Ë –„Àâ°≈“¬‡ªìπÕ’°Õ¬à“ßÀπ÷ßË §◊Õ
„À⇰‘¥µ√ߢⓡ°—∫§«“¡®√‘ß
°√‘¬“∑’˵âÕß„™â„π à«ππ’ȧ◊Õ wish + ª√–∏“π +
°√‘¬“™àÕß 2 „π à«π¢Õß Verb to be „Àâ„™â were ·≈–
 “¡“√∂„™â‰¥â°—∫∑ÿ°ª√–∏“π
I wish I met him today.
©—πª√“√∂π“∑’Ë®–„Àâ©—πæ∫‡¢“„π«—ππ’È
(·µà§«“¡®√‘ߧ◊Õ ©—π‰¡à‰¥âæ∫‡¢“)
I wish I stayed in England.
©—πª√“√∂π“∑’Ë«à“©—πÕ“»—¬Õ¬Ÿà„π¿“…“Õ—ß°ƒ…
(·µà§«“¡®√‘ߧ◊Õ ©—π‰¡à‰¥âÕ“»—¬Õ¬Ÿà„πÕ—ß°ƒ…)
 192  ÿ¥¬Õ¥ GRAM
GRAMMM AR

3. ª√“√∂π“Õ¬“°„À⇪ìπ„πÕ𓧵
À¡“¬§«“¡«à“ ‡Àµÿ°“√≥åÀπ÷Ëß°”≈—ß®–‡°‘¥¢÷Èπ
·µàºŸâ查ª√“√∂π“∑’Ë®–„À⇰‘¥¢÷ÈπÕ’°Õ¬à“ßÀπ÷Ëß
°√‘¬“∑’ËπâÕß Ê ®–„™â §◊Õ wish + ª√–∏“π +
would + °√‘¬“™àÕß∑’Ë 1
I wish I would have a dinner at a luxurious
restaurant.
©—πª√“√∂π“®–„Àâ©—π‰¥â‰ª√—∫ª√–∑“πÕ“À“√
§Ë”∑’Ë√â“πÕ“À“√À√Ÿ Ê
 √ÿª°“√„™â√Ÿªª√–‚¬§ wish form D
ª√“√∂π“Õ¬“°®–„À⇪ìπ„πÕ¥’µ wish + Past Perfect
ª√“√∂π“Õ¬“°®–„À⇪ìπ„πªí®®ÿ∫—π wish + Past Simple
ª√“√∂π“Õ¬“°®–„À⇪ìπ„πÕ𓧵 wish + Future in the
Past

Unit 15 ∆
 Finite and Non-Finite Verbs 193

Finite and Non-Finite Verbs D

1. Finite Verbs
Finite Vebs §◊Õ°√‘¬“∑’‡Ë ªìπ°√‘¬“À≈—°À√◊Õ°√‘¬“
·∑â¢Õߪ√–‚¬§ Finite Verb ®–‡ª≈’ˬπ√Ÿªµ“¡ Tenses
·≈–®”π«π¢Õߪ√–∏“π
°“√‡ª≈’¬Ë π√Ÿª¢Õß Finite Verb  “¡“√∂ √ÿª‰¥â¥ß— π’È D
1. Finite Verbs ®–‡ª≈’ˬπ√Ÿªµ“¡®”π«π¢Õß
ª√–∏“π„π Present Simple Tense ‡™àπ
Lookwa goes to shopping every Sunday.
Lookwa and Yui go to shopping every Sunday.
2. Finite verbs ®–‡ª≈’ˬπ√Ÿª‡¡◊ËÕ‡Àµÿ°“√≥å∑’ˇ°‘¥
¢÷Èπ‡ªìπÕ¥’µ ‡™àπ
 194  ÿ¥¬Õ¥ GRAM
GRAMMM AR

Peter and David went to the zoo last week-

end.
2. Non-Finite Verbs
Non - Finite Verbs §◊Õ °√‘¬“∑’ˉ¡à‡ª≈’ˬπ√Ÿªµ“¡
®”π«πª√–∏“πÀ√◊Õ Tense
Non - Finite Verbs ·∫àßÕÕ°‰¥â 3 ™π‘¥ §◊Õ
1. Infinitive
2. Gerund
3. Participle
Infinitive D
Infinitive §◊Õ°√‘¬“∑’ËÕ¬Ÿà„π√Ÿª¢Õß°√‘¬“™àÕß∑’Ë 1
(Present Simple)
Infinitive ·∫àßÕÕ°‰¥â‡ªìπ 2 ™π‘¥ §◊Õ
1. Infinitive with çtoé
2. Infinitive without çtoé
1. Infinitive with çtoé
to-infinitive §◊Õ √Ÿª¢Õß°√‘¬“∑’Ë„™â ”À√—∫∫Õ°
®ÿ¥ª√– ß§å
 Finite and Non-Finite Verbs 195

1. My mother goes to the market to buy a

vegetable.
2. My mother and I go to the market to
buy a vegetable.
ª√–‚¬§∑—ßÈ 2 π’‡È ªìπª√–‚¬§ Present Simple Tense
´÷Ëß∑—Èß 2 ª√–‚¬§¡’§«“¡À¡“¬‡À¡◊Õπ°—π ·≈–„π à«π¢Õß to
-infinitive §◊Õ çto buyé ‡æ◊ËÕ∫Õ°®ÿ¥ª√– ß§å«à“
‰ªµ≈“¥‡æ◊ËÕ‰ª´◊ÈÕº—°
 à«πµà“ߢÕß∑—Èß 2 ª√–‚¬§π’ȧ◊Õ  à«π¢Õߪ√–∏“π
´÷Ëߪ√–‚¬§∑’Ë 1 ª√–∏“π‡ªìπ‡Õ°æ®πå§◊Õ çMy motheré
·µàª√–‚¬§∑’Ë 2 ª√–∏“π‡ªìπæÀŸæ®πå §◊Õ çMy mother and Ié
°√‘¬“¢Õß∑—Èß 2 ª√–‚¬§§◊Õ çgoé ´÷Ë߇ªìπ Finite
verb (°√‘¬“À≈—°¢Õߪ√–‚¬§) ‡¡◊ËÕÕ¬Ÿà„π√Ÿª¢Õß Present
Simple Tense °√‘¬“À≈—°¢Õߪ√–‚¬§®–µâÕ߇ª≈’ˬπ√Ÿª„Àâ
 Õ¥§≈âÕß°—∫ª√–∏“π ¥—ßπ—Èπ çgoé ®÷߇ª≈’Ë¬π‰ª go ‡¡◊ËÕ
ª√–∏“π‡ªìπ‡Õ°æ®πå (My mother)
·≈–‡ªìπ go ‡¡◊ËÕª√–∏“π‡ªìπæÀŸæ®πå (My mother
and I ) ·µà «à π∑’‰Ë ¡à¡°’ “√‡ª≈’¬Ë π·ª≈߇≈¬ §◊Õ çto-infinitiveé
 196  ÿ¥¬Õ¥ GRAM
GRAMMM AR

2. Infinitive without çtoé

πâÕß Ê ‡§¬ ß —¬‰À¡«à“‡¡◊ËÕ‰À√à‡√“®÷ß≈– çtoé
‰¥â·≈–„™â°—∫°√≥’„¥∫â“ß µàÕ‰ªπ’ÈπâÕß Ê ‰¡ààµâÕß ß —¬°—πÕ’°
µàÕ‰ª·≈⫇æ√“–æ’Ë Ê °”≈—ß®–Õ∏‘∫“¬„ÀâπâÕß Ê ∑√“∫°—π§à–
Infinitive without to ‡√“®–„™â°—∫°“√查·≈–°“√
‡¢’¬π°—∫°√≥’µàÕ‰ªπ’È
1. πâÕß Ê  “¡“√∂„™â infinitive without to
‡¡◊ËÕ«“ßÕ¬ŸàÀ≈—ߧ”°√‘¬“µàÕ‰ªπ’È
do, does, did
will, would
can, could
shall, should
may, might , must
need, dare
Malee can speak French very well
(¡“≈’ “¡“√∂查¿“…“Õ—ß°ƒ…‰¥â¥’¡“°)
Sulee may go out with him.
( ÿπ’Õ“®®–ÕÕ°‰ª¢â“ßπÕ°°—∫‡¢“)
 Finite and Non-Finite Verbs 197

Joe doesnût read the book before test

(‚®‰¡à‰¥âÕà“πÀπ—ß ◊Õ°àÕπ‡¢â“ Õ∫)
You must clean your bathroom.
(§ÿ≥µâÕß∑”§«“¡ –Õ“¥ÀâÕßπÈ”¢Õߧÿ≥)
2. πâÕß Ê  “¡“√∂„™â infinitive without to
‡¡◊ËÕ«“ßÕ¬ŸàÀ≈—ß°√‘¬“∑’ˉ¡à¡’°“√‡§≈◊ËÕπ‰À« À√◊Õ°√‘¬“∑’Ë· ¥ß
°“√√—∫√Ÿâ
bid  —Ëß
behold  —߇°µ‡ÀÁπ
feel √Ÿâ ÷°
hear ‰¥â¬π‘
know √Ÿâ
look at ¡Õß
overhear ∫—߇Ց≠‰¥â¬‘π
see ‡ÀÁπ
watch ¡ÕߥŸ
help ™à«¬‡À≈◊Õ
let ¬Õ¡„Àâ, Õπÿ≠“µ
listen to øíß
 198  ÿ¥¬Õ¥ GRAM
GRAMMM AR

make ∑”„Àâ
notice  —߇°µ
observe  —߇°µ
perceive √—∫√Ÿâ
sense √âŸâ ÷°
smell ‰¥â°≈‘Ëπ
I help him clean the car.
(©—π™à«¬‡¢“∑”§«“¡ –Õ“¥√∂)
I let John use my car.
(©—πÕπÿ≠“µ„Àâ®ÕÀåπ„™â√∂¢Õß©—π)
I listen to my friend sing a song in my
car.
(©—πøí߇æ◊ÕË π¢Õß©—π√âÕ߇æ≈ß„π√∂¢Õß©—π)
3. πâÕß Ê  “¡“√∂„™â infinitive without to
‡¡◊ËÕ«“ßÕ¬ŸàÀ≈—ߧ”°√‘¬“«≈’µàÕ‰ªπ’È
cannot but
need hardly
would rather
would sooner
 Finite and Non-Finite Verbs 199

had better
had rather
had sooner
My mother would rather take a rest
after worked.
(§ÿ≥·¡à¢Õß©—π§«√®–æ—°ºàÕπÀ≈—ß®“°‡≈‘°
∑”ß“π)
He had better go to the party with girl-
friend.
(‡¢“§«√®–‰ªß“π‡≈’Ȭ߰—∫‡æ◊ËÕπÀ≠‘ߢÕß
‡¢“)
Gerund D
πâÕß Ê √Ÿâ®—° Gerund °—π‰À¡§à–«à“ Gerund §◊Õ
Õ–‰√ ¡’Àπâ“∑’Ë∑”Õ–‰√∫â“ß ·≈–¡’Àπ⓵“‡ªìπÕ¬à“߉√ ∂Ⓣ¡à√Ÿâæ’Ë Ê
®–Õ∏‘∫“¬µàÕ‰ªπ’È
Gerund §◊Õ §”°√‘¬“™àÕß∑’Ë 1 ∑’ˇµ‘¡ ing ·≈â«∑”„Àâ
§«“¡À¡“¬¢Õߧ”π—Èπ‡ªìπ°÷Ëߧ”°√‘¬“À√◊Õ°÷Ëߧ”π“¡
Gerund ∑”Àπâ“∑’Ë¥—ßµàÕ‰ªπ’È
1. ∑”Àπâ“∑’ˇªìπª√–∏“π¢Õߪ√–‚¬§ ‡™àπ
 200  ÿ¥¬Õ¥ GRAM
GRAMMM AR

Running is good for your health.

(°“√«‘Ë߇ªìπ ‘Ëß∑’Ë¥’ ”À√—∫ ÿ¢¿“æ¢Õߧÿ≥)
2. ∑”Àπâ“∑’ˇªìπ°√√¡¢Õß°√‘¬“
Thoungchai stop smoking.
(∏ß™—¬À¬ÿ¥°“√ Ÿ∫∫ÿÀ√’Ë)
3. ∑”Àπâ“∑’ˇªìπ°√√¡µ“¡À≈—ߧ”∫ÿæ∫∑
My brother likes sighseeing.
(πâÕߢÕß©—π™Õ∫°“√¥Ÿ∑‘«∑—»πå)
4. „™â„π§”π“¡º ¡
dancing - teacher §√Ÿ Õπ‡µâπ√”
knitting - needle ‡¢Á¡∂—°
reading - room ÀâÕßÕà“πÀπ—ß ◊Õ
sleeping - pill ¬“πÕπÀ≈—∫
swimming - pool  √–«à“¬πÈ”
sleeping - bag ∂ÿßπÕπ
walking - stick ‰¡â‡∑â“
working - class ™π™—πÈ °√√¡“™’æ
5. „™â Gerund µ“¡À≈—ߧ”«à“ çgoé ¡’§«“¡À¡“¬«à“
‰ª....‡æ◊ËÕ„À⇰‘¥§«“¡ πÿ° π“π
 Finite and Non-Finite Verbs 201

6. „™â Gerund  ”À√—∫¢âÕ§«“¡∑’ˇªìπ°“√Àâ“¡À√◊Õ

°Æ√–‡∫’¬∫·≈–¢âÕ∫—ߧ—∫
No smoking Àâ“¡ Ÿ∫∫ÿÀ√’Ë
No parking Àâ“¡®Õ¥√∂
7. §”‡À≈à“π’È®–µâÕßµ“¡¥â«¬ Gerund ‡∑à“π—Èπ
enjoy  πÿ° π“π
avoid À≈’°‡≈’ˬß
risk ‡ ’ˬß
prefer ™Õ∫
fancy ®‘πµπ“°“√, π÷°, §‘¥
delay ∑”„À♓â
excuse ¬°‚∑…, Õ¿—¬
admit ¬Õ¡√—∫
allow ͹حҵ
finish ‡ √Á®, ‘Èπ ÿ¥
resist µàÕµâ“π
postpone ‡≈◊ÕË π
deny ªØ‘‡ ∏, ‰¡à¬Õ¡√—∫
endure Õ¥∑π
202  ÿ¥¬Õ¥ GRAM
GRAMMM AR

escape À≈∫Àπ’
forgive ¬°‚∑…„Àâ
appreciate ™¡‡™¬
consider æ‘®“√≥“, §√ÿà𧑥
imagine §“¥°“√≥å
mind „ à„®,  π„®
miss æ≈“¥
prevent ªÑÕß°—π
suggest ·π–π”
dislike ‰¡à™Õ∫
defer ¬◊¥‡«≈“
detest ‡°≈’¬¥
dread °≈—«¡“°
resent ·§âπ„®
practice Ωñ°À—¥
mention °≈à“«∂÷ß, Õâ“ß∂÷ß
understand ‡¢â“„®
quit À¬ÿ¥, ‡≈‘°
stop À¬ÿ¥
 Finite and Non-Finite Verbs 203

8. °≈ÿࡧ”‡À≈à“π’ȵâÕßµ“¡¥â«¬ Gerund ‡∑à“π—Èπ

be accustomed to §ÿâπ‡§¬
be used to ‡§¬™‘π
be oposed to §—¥§â“π
be tired to ‡∫◊ËÕ
be tired with ‡Àπ◊ËÕ¬
be busy ¬ÿàßÕ¬Ÿà°—∫
be worth ¡’§à“§«√·°à
canût bear ∑π‰¡à‰¥â
canût stand ∑π‰¡à‰¥â
canût help Õ¥‰¡à‰¥â
canût resist µâ“π∑“π‰¡à‰¥â
Itûs no good ‰¡à¥’∑®’Ë –
Itûs worth ¡’§à“§«√·°à
Itûs no use ‰¡à¡’ª√–‚¬™πå∑’Ë®–
Would you mind...? §ÿ≥®–√—߇°’¬®„π°“√....
Do you mind....? §ÿ≥®–√—߇°’¬®„π°“√....
go on ∑”µàÕ‰ª
give up ¬°‡≈‘°
 204  ÿ¥¬Õ¥ GRAM
GRAMMM AR

keep on ∑”µàÕ‰ª
insist on ¬◊π°√“π
think of §‘¥∂÷ß
leave off À¬ÿ¥
put off ‡≈◊ËÕπ, º≈—¥
object to §—¥§â“π
succeed in  ”‡√Á®„π
present in ¢—¥¢«“ß®“°
look forward to µ—ßÈ µ“§Õ¬
9. §”‡À≈à“π’ȵ“¡¥â«¬ Gerund À√◊Õ Infinitive ∑’Ë¡’
§«“¡À¡“¬‡À¡◊Õπ°—π
begin ‡√‘Ë¡µâπ
continue ∑”µàÕ‰ª
dislike ‰¡à™Õ∫
dread °≈—«
hate ‡°≈’¬¥
intend µ—Èß„®
love √—°
like ™Õ∫
 Finite and Non-Finite Verbs 205

neglect ≈–‡≈¬, ‰¡à π„®

plan «“ß·ºπ
prefer ™Õ∫
start ‡√‘Ë¡µâπ
It is silly ‡ªìπ°“√‰¡à©≈“¥
It was a good idea ‡ªì𧫓¡§‘¥∑’¥Ë ’
‡™àπ Gerund : She planed going to Turkey.
Infinitive : She planed to go to Turkey.

Participle D
¥—ß∑’æË ’Ë Ê ‰¥â°≈à“«¡“¢â“ßµâπ·≈â««à“ Non-Finite Verb
¡’¥â«¬°—π 3 ™π‘¥§◊Õ Infinitive, Gerund ·≈– Participle
·≈–∑’Ëæ’ËÕ∏‘∫“¬¡“·≈⫧◊Õ Infinitive ·≈– Gerund µàÕ‰ªπ’Èæ’Ë
®–¢ÕÕ∏‘∫“¬°“√„™â Participle
 206  ÿ¥¬Õ¥ GRAM
GRAMMM AR

Participle §◊Õ §”∑’¡Ë √’ ªŸ ‡ªìπ°√‘¬“ ·µà∑”Àπâ“∑’‡Ë  ¡◊Õπ

‡ªìπ Adjective §◊Õ„™â¢¬“¬ Noun (§”π“¡ À√◊Õ Pronoun
( √√æπ“¡) ´÷Ëß·∫àßÕÕ°‰¥â 2 ™π‘¥ §◊Õ
1. Present Participle
2. Past Participle
1. Persent Participle
Present Participle §◊Õ √Ÿª°√‘¬“™àÕß∑’Ë 1 ‡µ‘¡
ing ·≈–∑”Àπâ“∑’Ë ‡À¡◊Õπ Adjective
Àπâ“∑’Ë¢Õß Present Participle ¡’¥—ßπ’È
1. ∑”„Àâª√–‚¬§π—Èπ‡ªìπ Continuous Tense
Tom is singing a song.
2. ∑”Àπâ“∑’ˇªìπ Adjective ‡æ◊ËÕ¢¬“¬§”π“¡¢Õß
ª√–‚¬§
She is a very interesting person.
 Finite and Non-Finite Verbs 207

3. ∑”Àπâ“∑’‡Ë ªìπª√–∏“π¢Õߪ√–‚¬§ ·ª≈«à“ ç°“√....é

Reading is my hobby.
4. „™âµ“¡À≈—ß°√‘¬“∑’·Ë  ¥ß§«“¡√Ÿ â °÷ ‡¡◊ÕË À¡“¬∂÷ß
ç°“√°√–∑”∑’Ë°”≈—ߥ”‡π‘πÕ¬Ÿàé
see feel hear smell
notice observe watch
The teacher watched us swimming.
5. „™â¢¬“¬°√√¡¢Õß°√‘¬“µàÕ‰ªπ’ȇ∑à“π—Èπ
find keep leave catch
take show paint draw
get set send bring
imagine discover
‚§√ß √â“ß D
Subject + Verb + Object + Present Participle
She left him standing at the theatre.
2. Past Participle
Past-Participle §◊Õ√Ÿª°√‘¬“™àÕß∑’Ë 3
 208  ÿ¥¬Õ¥ GRAM
GRAMMM AR

Àπâ“∑’Ë¢Õß Past Participle ¡’¥—ßπ’È

1. ∑”„Àâª√–‚¬§π—Èπ°≈“¬‡ªìπ Perfect Tense
She has broken his glasses.
2. „™âµ“¡À≈—ß verb to be ·≈â«∑”„Àâª√–‚¬§π—Èπ
°≈“¬‡ªìπ Passive Voice
I was punished by my mother.
3. „™â Past Participle «“߉«âµâπª√–‚¬§ ∂â“
µâÕß°“√· ¥ß‡ÀµÿÀ√◊Õ°“√°√–∑”∑’ˇ°‘¥°àÕπ
Bitten by a dog, the boy was sent to hospital.
4. ‡√“ “¡“√∂„™â Past Participle ‡ªìπ à«πª√–°Õ∫
¢Õߧ”ª√– ¡ (Compound Adjective) ª√–°Õ∫Àπⓧ”π“¡
Adverb + Past Participle + Noun
A well - dressed woman = a woman who
is dresses well
ready- made clothes = clothes made in
standard size
ready to wear
or use.
 Finite and Non-Finite Verbs 209

¢âÕ·µ°µà“ß√–À«à“ß Gerund °—∫ Present Participle

πâÕß Ê Õ“®®– ß —¬°—π«à“§”‰Àπ‡ªìπ Gerund ·≈–
§”‰Àπ‡ªìπ Present Participle ·≈–®–∑”Õ¬à“߉√‡√“®÷ß®–
 “¡“√∂·¬° 2 §”π’ȉ¥â ´÷ËßµàÕ‰ªπ’Èæ’Ë Ê ®–·π–𔇧≈Á¥≈—∫
‡≈Á° Ê πâÕ¬ Ê „π°“√·¬° 2 §”π’È
1. ∂ⓧ”π“¡§”π—πÈ ¡’°√‘¬“∑’‡Ë µ‘¡ - ing ·≈–ª√–∏“π
¢Õߪ√–‚¬§‡ªìπ§π∑”°√‘¬“µ—«π—Èπ‡Õß §” Ê π—Èπ®–‡ªìπ
Present Participle
2. ∂ⓧ”π“¡§”π—Èπ¡’°√‘¬“∑’ˇµ‘¡ -ing ·µàª√–∏“π
¢Õߪ√–‚¬§‰¡à‰¥â‡ªìπ§π∑”°√‘¬“¢Õߪ√–‚¬§ §” Ê π—Èπ
®–‡ªìπ Gerund
§«“¡À¡“¬¢Õߧ”°√‘¬“∑’ˇµ‘¡ -ing °—∫ -ed
√Ÿª‡¥‘¡ = ∑”„Àâ ‡µ‘¡ - ing = πà“ ‡µ‘¡ - ed = √Ÿâ ÷°
amuse ∑”„Àâ¢∫¢—π amusing πà“¢∫¢—π amused √Ÿâ ÷°¢∫¢—π
annoy ∑”„Àâ√”§“≠ annoying πà“√”§“≠ annoyed √Ÿ â °÷ √”§“≠
bore ∑”„Àâ‡∫◊ËÕ boring πà“‡∫◊ÕË bored √Ÿ â °÷ ‡∫◊ÕË
confuse ∑”„Àâ ∫—  π confusing πà“ —∫ π confused √Ÿâ ÷° —∫ π
convince ∑”„À⇙◊ÕË convincing πà“‡™◊ÕË convinced √Ÿâ ÷°‡™◊ËÕ
disappoint ∑”„À⺑¥À«—ß disappointing πà“º‘¥À«—ß disappointed √Ÿ â °÷ º‘¥À«—ß
delight ∑”„Àâ¬‘π¥’ delighting πà“¬‘π¥’ delighted √Ÿ â °÷ ¬‘π¥’
 210  ÿ¥¬Õ¥ GRAM
GRAMMM AR

§«“¡À¡“¬¢Õߧ”°√‘¬“∑’ˇµ‘¡ -ing °—∫ -ed (µàÕ)

√Ÿª‡¥‘¡ = ∑”„Àâ ‡µ‘¡ - ing = πà“ ‡µ‘¡ - ed = √Ÿâ ÷°
embarrass ∑”„ÀâÕ“¬ embarrassing πà“Õ“¬ embarrassed √Ÿâ ÷°Õ“¬
excite ∑”„Àâµπ◊Ë ‡µâπ exciting πà“µ◊Ëπ‡µâπ
excited √Ÿ â °÷ µ◊πË ‡µâπ
frighten ∑”„Àâµ°„® frightening πà“µ°„® frightened √Ÿâ ÷°µ°„®
fascinate ∑”„ÀâÀ≈ß„À≈ fascinating πà“À≈ß„À≈
fascinated √Ÿâ  ÷ ° À ≈ ß
„À≈
improve ∑”„À⥢’ π÷È improving πà“¥’¢÷Èπ improved √Ÿâ ÷°¥’¢÷Èπ
irritate ∑”„Àâ√–§“¬ irritating πà“√–§“¬ irritated √Ÿâ ÷°√–§“¬
‡§◊Õß ‡§◊Õß ‡§◊Õß
puzzle ∑”„Àâßßß«¬ Puzzling πà“ßßß«¬ puzzled √Ÿ â °÷ ßßß«¬
satisfy ∑”„ÀâæÕ„® satisfying πà“æÕ„® satisfied √Ÿ â °÷ æÕ„®
surprise ∑”„Àâª√–À≈“¥ suprising πà“ª√–À≈“¥ surprised √Ÿâ  ÷ ° ª √ – -
„® „® À≈“¥„®
thrill ∑”„Àâµπ◊Ë ‡µâπ thrilling πà“µ◊Ëπ‡µâπ thrilled √Ÿ â °÷ µ◊πË ‡µâπ
tire ∑”„Àâ‡ÀπÁ¥ tiring πà“‡ÀπÁ¥ tired √Ÿâ  ÷ ° ‡ÀπÁ ¥
‡Àπ◊ËÕ¬ ‡Àπ◊ËÕ¬ ‡Àπ◊ËÕ¬
upset ∑”„À⇠’¬ upsetting πà“‡ ’¬ upseted √Ÿâ ÷°‡ ’¬

Unit 16 ∆
 Word Building 211

Word Building D
Word Building §◊Õ°“√ √â“ߧ”¢÷Èπ¡“„À¡à®“°√“°
»—æ∑凥‘¡‚¥¬°“√‡µ‘¡æ¬“ߧå¢â“ßÀπâ“À√◊Õ¢â“ßÀ≈—ߧ”π—Èπ ´÷Ëß
·∫àßÕÕ°‡ªìπ 2 ™π‘¥ §◊Õ
1. °“√‡µ‘ ¡ æ¬“ß§å ¢â “ ßÀπâ “ §”π—È π ‡√“‡√’ ¬ °«à “
çPrefixé
2. °“√‡µ‘ ¡ æ¬“ß§å ¢â “ ßÀ≈— ß §”π—È π ‡√“‡√’ ¬ °«à “
çSuffixé
∑—Èß Prefix ·≈– Suffix ‡√“‡√’¬°√«¡°—π«à“ çAffixé
µàÕ‰ªπ’Èæ’Ë Ê ®–¢ÕÕ∏‘∫“¬°“√„™â Prefix ·≈– Suffix D
°“√„™â Prefix
Prefix ·ª≈«à“ Õÿª √√§ §◊Õ §”∑’ˇ√“„™â‡µ‘¡Àπⓧ”
Õ◊Ëπ ‡æ◊ËÕ„À⧫“¡À¡“¬¢Õߧ”π—Èπ‡ª≈’ˬπ‰ª
 212  ÿ¥¬Õ¥ GRAM
GRAMMM AR

Prefix ‡√“·∫àßÕÕ°‰¥â‡ªìπ 3 ·∫∫

1. ‡¡◊ÕË πâÕß Ê ‡µ‘¡ Prefix ¢â“ßÀπⓧ”À≈—°·≈â«∑”„Àâ
§”π—Èπ‡ªì𧔰√‘¬“ ‰¥â·°à en - °—∫ em-
2. ‡¡◊ÕË πâÕß Ê ‡µ‘¡ Prefix ¢â“ßÀπⓧ”À≈—°·≈â«
∑”„À⧔π—Èπ¡’§«“¡À¡“¬µ√ß°—π¢â“¡ ‰¥â·°à
un - , im - , ir - , in - , dis - , non -
3. ‡¡◊ÕË πâÕß Ê ‡µ‘¡ Prefix ¢â“ßÀπⓧ”À≈—°·≈â«∑”„Àâ
§«“¡À¡“¬¢Õߧ”π—Èπ Ê ¡’§«“¡À¡“¬·µ°µà“ß°—πÕÕ°‡ªìπ
§” Ê
1. ‡¡◊ËÕπâÕß Ê ‡µ‘¡ Prefix ¢â“ßÀπⓧ”À≈—°·≈â«
∑”„À⧔π—Èπ‡ªì𧔰√‘¬“ ‰¥â·°à en - °—∫ em-
en F ·ª≈«à“ ∑”„Àâ°≈“¬‡ªìπ À√◊Õ∑”„À⇪ìπ
‡™àππ—Èπ
√“°»—æ∑å §”·ª≈ ‡µ‘¡ en - §”·ª≈
able  “¡“√∂ enable ∑”„Àâ “¡“√∂
amour ‡√◊ËÕß√—° Ê „§√à Ê enamour ∑”„ÀâÀ≈ß√—°
circle «ß°≈¡ encircle ∑”„À⇪ìπ«ß°≈¡

em F ·ª≈«à“ ∑”„Àâ°≈“¬‡ªìπ À√◊Õ∑”„À⇪ìπ

‡™àππ—Èπ
 Word Building 213

√“°»—æ∑å §”·ª≈ ‡µ‘¡ -em §”·ª≈

bay Õà“« embay ∑”„À⇪ìπ√ŸªÕà“«
bitter ¢¡ embitter ∑”„À⢡¢÷Èπ
blaze §«“¡ «à“ß emblaze ∑”„Àâ «à“ß
‚™µ‘™«à ß

2. ‡¡◊ÕË πâÕß Ê ‡µ‘¡ Prefix ¢â“ßÀπⓧ”À≈—°·≈â«

∑”„À⧔π—Èπ¡’§«“¡À¡“¬µ√ß°—π¢â“¡ ‰¥â·°à
un F ·ª≈«à“ 牡àé
√“°»—æ∑å §”·ª≈ ‡µ‘¡ un- §”·ª≈
unabashed ‰¡àÕ“¬
unabated ‰¡à≈¥πâÕ¬≈ß
unabbreviated ‰¡à¬πà ¬àÕ
able  “¡“√∂ unable ‰¡à “¡“√∂
unaccented ‰¡à¡‡’ §√◊ÕË ßÀ¡“¬
‡πâπ‡ ’¬ß
 214  ÿ¥¬Õ¥ GRAM
GRAMMM AR

im F ·ª≈«à“ 牡àé
√“°»—æ∑å §”·ª≈ ‡µ‘¡ im- §”·ª≈
immature ¬—߉¡à ¡∫Ÿ√≥å
immethodical ‰¡à¡«’ ∏‘ ’
mortal µâÕßµ“¡ immortal ‰¡àµ“¬
proper ‡À¡“– ¡ improper ‰¡à‡À¡“– ¡

ir F ·ª≈«à“ 牡àé
√“°»—æ∑å §”·ª≈ ‡µ‘¡ ir- §”·ª≈
rational ¡’‡Àµÿº≈ irrational ‰¡à¡‡’ Àµÿº≈
recoverable irrecoverable √—°…“‰¡à‰¥â
reducible irreducible ≈¥‰¡à‰¥â

il F·ª≈«à“ 牡àé
√“°»—æ∑å §”·ª≈ ‡µ‘¡ il- §”·ª≈
legal ∂Ÿ°°ÆÀ¡“¬ illegal º‘¥°ÆÀ¡“¬
illicit ‰¡à‰¥â√—∫Õπÿ≠“µ
literate Õà“πÕÕ°‡¢’¬π‰¥â illiterate Õà“π‰¡àÕÕ°‡¢’¬π
‰¡à‰¥â

in F ·ª≈«à“ 牡àé
√“°»—æ∑å §”·ª≈ ‡µ‘¡ in - §”·ª≈
appropriate ‡À¡“– ¡ inappropriate ‰¡à‡À¡“– ¡
 Word Building 215

√“°»—æ∑å §”·ª≈ ‡µ‘¡ in - §”·ª≈

complete  ¡∫Ÿ√≥å incomplete ‰¡à‡À¡“– ¡
definite ®”°—¥ indefinite ‰¡à®”°—¥

dis F ·ª≈«à“ 牡àé

√“°»—æ∑å §”·ª≈ ‡µ‘¡ dis- §”·ª≈
appear ª√“°Ø disappear ‰¡àª√“°Ø
agree ‡ÀÁπ¥â«¬ disagree ‰¡à‡ÀÁπ¥â«¬
advantage §«“¡‰¥â‡ª√’¬∫ disadvantage ‡ ’¬‡ª√’¬∫

non F ·ª≈«à“ 牡àé

√“°»—æ∑å §”·ª≈ ‡µ‘¡ non- §”·ª≈
essential  ”§—≠ nonessential ‰¡à ”§—≠
finite ·∑â nonfinite ‰¡à·∑â
metallic ‡À¡◊Õπ‚≈À– nonmetallic ‰¡à‡À¡◊Õπ‚≈À–
 216  ÿ¥¬Õ¥ GRAM
GRAMMM AR

3. ‡¡◊ËÕπâÕß Ê ‡µ‘¡ Prefix ¢â“ßÀπⓧ”À≈—°·≈â«

∑”„À⧫“¡À¡“¬¢Õߧ”π—Èπ Ê ¡’§«“¡À¡“¬·µ°µà“ß°—π
ÕÕ°‡ªì𧔠Ê
anti F ·ª≈«à“ ¢—¥¢«“ß, µàÕµâ“π ·≈– °—¥
√“°»—æ∑å §”·ª≈ ‡µ‘¡ anti- §”·ª≈
aircraft Õ“°“»¬“π antiaircraft µàÕ ŸÕâ “°“»¬“π
clerical π—°∫«™ anticlerical µàÕµâ“πÕ‘∑∏‘æ≈·≈–
°“√°√–∑”¢Õßæ√–
communist §Õ¡¡‘«π‘ µå anticommunist µàÕµâ“π§Õ¡¡‘«π‘ µå

ante F ·ª≈«à“ °àÕπ À√◊Õ·√°

√“°»—æ∑å §”·ª≈ ‡µ‘¡ ante- §”·ª≈
date ≈ß«—π∑’Ë antedate ≈ß«—π∑’°Ë Õà π«—π®√‘ß
meridian ‡∑’Ë¬ß antemeridian °àÕπ‡∑’¬Ë ß
natal °“√‡°‘¥ antenatal ÕÕ°°à Õ π°”Àπ¥
§≈Õ¥

bi F ·ª≈«à“ ç Õßé
√“°»—æ∑å §”·ª≈ ‡µ‘¡ bi- §”·ª≈
angular ∑’Ë∑”¡ÿ¡ biangular ∑’Ë¡’ 2 ¡ÿ¡
annual √“¬ªï biannual ∑’ˇ°‘¥¢÷Èπ 2 §√—Èß
µàÕªï
 Word Building 217

√“°»—æ∑å §”·ª≈ ‡µ‘¡ bi- §”·ª≈

centenary √âÕ¬ªï, »µ«√√… bicentenary «— π §√∫√Õ∫ 2
»µ«√√…

co F ·ª≈«à“ √«¡, æ√âÕ¡°—π ·≈–¥â«¬°—π

√“°»—æ∑å §”·ª≈ ‡µ‘¡ co- §”·ª≈
action °“√°√–∑” coaction °“√ªØ‘∫µ— √‘ «à ¡°—π
adjust ª√—∫ coadjust ª√— ∫ µ— « ‡¢â “ À“°— π
exist ¡’™«’ µ‘ Õ¬Ÿà coexist Õ¬Ÿà√à«¡°—π

ex F ·ª≈«à“ ÕÕ°, ∑”„Àâ ·≈–°àÕπ

√“°»—æ∑å §”·ª≈ ‡µ‘¡ ex- §”·ª≈
governor ºŸ«â “à √“™°“√ ex-governor ºŸ«â “à √“™°“√§π°àÕπ
president ª√–∏“π ex-president ª√–∏“π§π°àÕπ
husband  “¡’ ex-husband  “¡’‡°à“

inter F ·ª≈«à“ √–À«à“ß, ¿“¬„π

√“°»—æ∑å §”·ª≈ ‡µ‘¡ inter- §”·ª≈
change ·≈°‡ª≈’¬Ë π interchange °“√·≈°‡ª≈’ˬπ
√–À«à“ß°—π·≈–°—π
city ‡¡◊Õß intercity √–À«à“߇¡◊Õß
communicate µ‘¥µàÕ ◊ËÕ “√ intercommunicate µ‘¥µàÕ°—π
 218  ÿ¥¬Õ¥ GRAM
GRAMMM AR

multi F ·ª≈«à“ ¡“°, À≈“¬, À≈“¬§√—ßÈ ·≈–À≈“¬

‡∑à“
√“°»—æ∑å §”·ª≈ ‡µ‘¡ multi- §”·ª≈
cellular ∑’ˇ°’ˬ«°—∫‡´≈≈å multicellular ∑’¡Ë À’ ≈“¬‡´≈≈å
color  ’ multicolor §«“¡À≈“° ’ —π
form √Ÿª·∫∫ multiform À≈“¬√Ÿª·∫∫

over F ·ª≈«à“ ‡°‘π, ‡Àπ◊Õ, ¡“°‡°‘π‰ª, Õ¬Ÿ‡à Àπ◊Õ,

¢â“¡, ‡æ‘Ë¡ ·≈–摇»…
√“°»—æ∑å §”·ª≈ ‡µ‘¡ over- §”·ª≈
act °√–∑” overact · ¥ßÕÕ°‡°‘π°«à“
∏√√¡™“µ‘
age ∑’Ë· ¥ß§«“¡ overage ·°à‡°‘π‰ª
¡’Õ“¬ÿ

pre F ·ª≈«à“ °àÕπ, ‡√‘Ë¡, Àπâ“ ·≈–≈à«ßÀπâ“

√“°»—æ∑å §”·ª≈ ‡µ‘¡ non- §”·ª≈
orrange ®—¥‡µ√’¬¡ prearrange ®—¥‡µ√’¬¡‰«â°àÕπ
caution µ—°‡µ◊Õπ precaution °“√√–«—߉«â°àÕπ
concert °“√µ°≈ß√à«¡°—π preconcert µ°≈ß≈à«ßÀπâ“
 Word Building 219

post F ·ª≈«à“ ¢â“ßÀ≈—ß, À≈—ß®“° ·≈–¿“¬À≈—ß

√“°»—æ∑å §”·ª≈ ‡µ‘¡ post- §”·ª≈
date «—π∑’Ë postdate ≈ß«—π∑’ÀË ≈—ß«—π®√‘ß
meridian ‡∑’Ë¬ß postmeridian À≈—߇∑’¬Ë ß
position µ”·Àπàß postposition °“√«“߉«â¢â“ßÀπâ“

poly F ·ª≈«à“ ¡“°, À≈“¬ ·≈–∑’Ë√«¡°—π

√“°»—æ∑å §”·ª≈ ‡µ‘¡ poly- §”·ª≈
clinic  ∂“π欓∫“≈ polyclinic  ∂“π欓∫“≈∑’√Ë ∫—
‡≈Á° Ê √—°…“‚√§À≈“¬‚√§
centric »Ÿπ¬å°≈“ß polycentric ∑’Ë¡’®ÿ¥»Ÿπ¬å°≈“ß
À≈“¬·Ààß

re F ·ª≈«à“ Õ’°§√—Èß À√◊Õ °≈—∫

√“°»—æ∑å §”·ª≈ ‡µ‘¡ re- §”·ª≈
assure ∑”„À⇙◊ÕË ¡—πË reassure ∑”„Àâ«“ß„®Õ’°§√—ßÈ
born ‡°‘¥ reborn ‡°‘¥™“µ‘Àπâ“
capture ®—∫ recapture °“√®—∫‰¥â„À¡à

sub F ·ª≈«à“ „µâ, Õπÿ, √Õß, ¬àÕ¬, ¥âÕ¬°«à“À√◊Õ

πâÕ¬°«à“
 220  ÿ¥¬Õ¥ GRAM
GRAMMM AR

√“°»—æ∑å §”·ª≈ ‡µ‘¡ sub- §”·ª≈

committee °√√¡°“√ subcommittee §≥–Õπÿ°√√¡°“√
conscious ∑’Ë¡’ ”π÷° subconscious ∑’ÕË ¬Ÿ„à 𮑵„µâ ”π÷°
way ∑“ß subway ∑“ß„µâ¥‘π

super F ·ª≈«à“ ‡Àπ◊Õ°«à“,  Ÿß°«à“, Õ¬Ÿ¥à “â π∫π

·≈– ∑’ËπÕ°‡Àπ◊Õ‡ªìπ摇»…
√“°»—æ∑å §”·ª≈ ‡µ‘¡ super- §”·ª≈
express ¥à«π superexpress ´÷Ëß¡’§«“¡‡√Á« Ÿß
film ¿“æ¬πµ√å superfilm ¿“æ¬πµ√å¬Õ¥‡¬’¬Ë ¡
natural ‡ªìπ∏√√¡™“µ‘ supernatural ‡Àπ◊Õ∏√√¡™“µ‘

°“√„™â Suffix
Suffix ·ª≈«à“ ªí®®—¬ §◊Õ §”∑’ËπâÕß Ê „™â‡µ‘¡À≈—ß
§”À≈—°·≈â«∑”„À⧫“¡À¡“¬¢Õߧ”π—Èπ‡ª≈’ˬπ‰ª
 Word Building 221

‡√“ “¡“√∂·∫àß Suffix ÕÕ°‰¥â‡ªìπ 3 ™π‘¥§◊Õ

1. Noun - Forming Suffixes
2. Verb - Forming Suffixes
3. Adjective - Forming Suffixes
1. Noun - Forming Suffixes
Noun - Forming Suffixes §◊Õ §”∑’ˇµ‘¡∑⓬
§”À≈—°·≈â«∑”„À⧔π—Èπ°≈“¬‡ªìπ§”π“¡
ation D
√“°»—æ∑å §”·ª≈ ‡µ‘¡ -ation §”·ª≈
decorate µ°·µàß decoration °“√ª√–¥—∫µ°·µàß
emulate ‡Õ“Õ¬à“ß emulation °“√‡Õ“Õ¬à“ß
incorporate √«¡‡¢â“¥â«¬°—π incorporation °“√√«¡µ—«°—π

ance, ence D
√“°»—æ∑å §”·ª≈ ‡µ‘¡ -ance, ence §”·ª≈
assist ™à«¬‡À≈◊Õ assistance °“√™à«¬‡À≈◊Õ
differ ·µ°µà“ß difference ·µ°µà“ß®“°
depend ¢÷πÈ Õ¬à°Ÿ ∫— dependence °“√¢÷πÈ Õ¬Ÿ°à ∫—
 222  ÿ¥¬Õ¥ GRAM
GRAMMM AR

ant D
√“°»—æ∑å §”·ª≈ ‡µ‘¡ -ant §”·ª≈
account Õ∏‘∫“¬ accountant π—°∫—≠™’
√“°»—æ∑委·ª≈ ‡µ‘¡ -dom §”·ª≈
assist ™à«¬ assistance ºŸ™â «à ¬

dom D
√“°»—æ∑å §”·ª≈ ‡µ‘¡ -dom §”·ª≈
free Õ‘ √– freedom ‡ √’¿“æ
king æ√–√“™“ kingdom √“™Õ“≥“®—°√

ent D
√“°»—æ∑å §”·ª≈ ‡µ‘¡ -ent §”·ª≈
study »÷°…“ student π—°»÷°…“
correspond ‚µâµÕ∫∑“ß correspondent ºŸâ ‚ µâ µ Õ ∫ ∑ “ ß
®¥À¡“¬ ®¥À¡“¬

er, or D
√“°»—æ∑å §”·ª≈ ‡µ‘¡ -er,-or §”·ª≈
read Õà“π reader ºŸÕâ “à π
write ‡¢’¬π writer π—°‡¢’¬π
 Word Building 223

√“°»—æ∑å §”·ª≈ ‡µ‘¡ -er,-or §”·ª≈

buy ´◊ÕÈ buyer ºŸâ´◊ÈÕ
do ∑” doer ºŸ°â √–∑”
conquer æ‘™µ‘ conqueror ºŸâæ‘™‘µ

ese D
√“°»—æ∑å §”·ª≈ ‡µ‘¡ -ese §”·ª≈
China ª√–‡∑»®’π Chinese ™“«®’π
Japan ª√–‡∑»≠’˪ÿÉπ Japanese ™“«≠’˪ÿÉπ

ess D
√“°»—æ∑å §”·ª≈ ‡µ‘¡ -ess §”·ª≈
act · ¥ß actress ºŸâ· ¥ßÀ≠‘ß
tailor µ—¥‡ ◊ÕÈ tailoress ™à “ ßµ— ¥ ‡ ◊È Õ ∑’Ë ‡ ªì π
ºŸâÀ≠‘ß

hood D
√“°»—æ∑å §”·ª≈ ‡µ‘¡ -hood §”·ª≈
child ‡¥Á° childhood «—¬‡¥Á°
boy ‡¥Á°™“¬ boyhood §«“¡‡ªìπ‡¥Á°™“¬
girl ‡¥Á°À≠‘ß girlhood §«“¡‡ªìπ‡¥Á°À≠‘ß
 224  ÿ¥¬Õ¥ GRAM
GRAMMM AR

ition D
√“°»—æ∑å §”·ª≈ ‡µ‘¡ -ition §”·ª≈
compete ·¢àߢ—π competition °“√·¢àߢ—π
repeat ´È” repetition °“√°√–∑”´È”
part  à«π partition °“√·∫àß·¬°

ification D
√“°»—æ∑å §”·ª≈ ‡µ‘¡ -ify §”·ª≈
classify ®”·π° classification °“√®”·π°
amplify ¢¬“¬ amplification °“√¢¬“¬

ism D
√“°»—æ∑å §”·ª≈ ‡µ‘¡ -ism §”·ª≈
ideal ∑’ˇªìπµ—«Õ¬à“ß idealism °“√¬÷¥¡—πË
buddha æ√–æÿ∑∏‡®â“ buddhism »“ π“æÿ∑∏
alcohol  ÿ√“ alcoholism ‚√§æ‘… ÿ√“‡√◊ÈÕ√—ß
Commune µ”∫≈ Communism ≈—∑∏‘§Õ¡¡‘«π‘ µå

ist D
√“°»—æ∑å §”·ª≈ ‡µ‘¡ -ist §”·ª≈
solo ‡æ≈ß∑’∫Ë √√‡≈ß soloist ºŸâ∫√√‡≈߇¥’Ë’¬«
‡¥’ˬ«
 Word Building 225

√“°»—æ∑å §”·ª≈ ‡µ‘¡ -ist §”·ª≈

piano ‡§√◊ËÕ߇≈àπ‡ªï¬‚π pianist π—°‡≈àπ‡ªï¬‚π
guitar °’µ“√å guitarist §π¥’¥°’µ“√å

ment D
√“°»—æ∑å §”·ª≈ ‡µ‘¡ -ment §”·ª≈
abase ÕàÕππâÕ¡∂àÕ¡µπ abasement ° “ √ Õà Õ π πâ Õ ¡
∂àÕ¡µπ
debase ‡®◊Õªπ debasement °“√‡®◊Õªπ
traduce „ à√⓬ traducement °“√„ à√⓬ªÑ“¬ ’

ness D
√“°»—æ∑å §”·ª≈ ‡µ‘¡ -ness §”·ª≈
happy ∑’Ë¡’§«“¡ ÿ¢ happiness §«“¡ ÿ¢
sick ∑’˪ɫ¬ sickness °“√‡®Á∫ªÉ«¬
ill ªÉ«¬ illness ‚√§¿—¬‰¢â‡®Á∫

sion D
√“°»—æ∑å §”·ª≈ ‡µ‘¡ -sion §”·ª≈
televise  àß¿“æ television ‚∑√∑—»πå
decide µ—¥ ‘π„® decision °“√µ—¥ ‘π„®
conclude  √ÿª conclusion °“√ √ÿª
 226  ÿ¥¬Õ¥ GRAM
GRAMMM AR

ship D
Common Noun Abstract Noun
friend ‡æ◊ÕË π friendship ¡‘µ√¿“æ
relation §«“¡ —¡æ—π∏å relationship §«“¡‡ªìπ‡§√◊Õ≠“µ
member  ¡“™‘° membership °“√‡ªìπ ¡“™‘°
leader ºŸâπ” leadership §«“¡‡ªìπºŸâπ”
hard ≈”∫“° hardship §«“¡≈”∫“°
scholar ª√“™≠å scholarship «‘∂’∑“ß·Ààߪ√“™≠å
dictator ºŸ‡â º¥Á®°“√ dictatorship °“√ª°§√Õß·∫∫
‡º¥Á®°“√
horseman §π¢’Ë¡â“∑’Ë™”π“≠ horsemanship §«“¡™”π“≠„π°“√
¢’Ë¡â“

tion D
√“°»—æ∑å §”·ª≈ ‡µ‘¡ tion- §”·ª≈
vacate ∑”„Àâ«à“ß vacation ‡«≈“«à“ß
complete ∑”„Àâ ¡∫Ÿ√≥å completion °“√∑”„Àâ ¡∫Ÿ√≥å
educate  —ßË  ÕπÕ∫√¡ education °“√»÷°…“

ty, ity D
√“°»—æ∑å §”·ª≈ ‡µ‘¡ -ty,-ity §”·ª≈
deform ∑”„Àâæ‘°“√ deformity §«“¡æ‘°≈æ‘°“√
deprave ∑”„À⇠◊ËÕ¡∑√“¡ depravity §«“¡‡ ◊ÕË ¡∑√“¡
 Word Building 227

√“°»—æ∑å §”·ª≈ ‡µ‘¡ -ty,-ity §”·ª≈

honest ´◊ÈÕ —µ¬å honesty §«“¡´◊ËÕ —µ¬å
active °√–∑” activity °‘®°√√¡

2. Verb - Forming Suffixes

Verb - Forming Suffixes §◊Õ ‡¡◊ËÕ‡µ‘¡ªí®®—¬∑⓬
§”À≈—°·≈â«∑”„À⧔π—Èπ°≈“¬‡ªì𧔰√‘¬“
ate D
√“°»—æ∑å §”·ª≈ ‡µ‘¡ -ate §”·ª≈
captive π—°‚∑… captivate ®—∫µ—«
facility §«“¡ –¥«° facilitate ∑”„À⇰‘¥§«“¡ ∫“¬
 ∫“¬
motive ·√ß°√–µÿâπ motivate °√–µÿâπ
origin ∑’‡Ë °‘¥ originate ‡√‘Ë¡µâπ
 228  ÿ¥¬Õ¥ GRAM
GRAMMM AR

ify D
√“°»—æ∑å §”·ª≈ ‡µ‘¡ -ify §”·ª≈
beauty §«“¡ß“¡ beautify ∑”„Àâ «¬ß“¡
class ™—πÈ classify ∑”„À⇪ìπ™—πÈ
pure §«“¡∫√‘ ∑ÿ ∏‘Ï purifly ∑”„Àâ –Õ“¥À¡¥®¥
just ¬ÿµ∏‘ √√¡ justify ∑”„Àâ¬ÿµ‘∏√√¡

ize D
√“°»—æ∑å §”·ª≈ ‡µ‘¡ non- §”·ª≈
real ®√‘ß realize ∑”„À⇪ìπ®√‘ß
emphasis °“√‡πâπ emphasize ∑”„Àâ ”§—≠
category À¡«¥À¡Ÿà categorize ∑”„À⇪ìπÀ¡«¥À¡Ÿà

3. Adjective - Forming Suffixes

Adjective - Forming Suffixes §◊Õ‡¡◊ËÕ‡µ‘¡ªí®®—¬
∑⓬§”π—Èπ·≈â« ∑”„À⧔π—Èπ°≈“¬‡ªì𧔧ÿ≥»—æ∑å
 Word Building 229

able, ible D
√“°»—æ∑å §”·ª≈ ‡µ‘¡ -able,-ible §”·ª≈
sense µ√–Àπ—° sensible ∑’Ë¡’ µ‘
believe ‡™◊ËÕ believable πà“‡™◊ËÕ∂◊Õ
move ‡§≈◊ËÕπ¬â“¬ moveable ∑’ˇ§≈◊ÕË π‰À«‰¥â

al, ial D
√“°»—æ∑å §”·ª≈ ‡µ‘¡ -al,ial §”·ª≈
centre »Ÿπ¬å°≈“ß central  à«π°≈“ß
norm ¡“µ√∞“π normal ª°µ‘, ∑—Ë«‰ª
president ª√–∏“π presidential ∑’ˇ°’ˬ«°—∫ª√–∏“π

ant, ent D
√“°»—æ∑å §”·ª≈ ‡µ‘¡ -ant,-ent §”·ª≈
attend ‡¢â“√à«¡ attendant ´÷Ë߇¢â“√à«¡
differ ·µ°µà“ß different µà“ß®“°
ignore ‡æ‘°‡©¬ ignorant ‚ßà‡¢≈“

ary, ory D
√“°»—æ∑å §”·ª≈ ‡µ‘¡ -ary,-ory §”·ª≈
prime ·√° primary ‡∫◊ÕÈ ßµâπ
advise ·π–π” advisory ‡ªì𧔵—°‡µ◊Õπ
 230  ÿ¥¬Õ¥ GRAM
GRAMMM AR

ative D
√“°»—æ∑å §”·ª≈ ‡µ‘¡ -ative §”·ª≈
talk §ÿ¬ talkative §ÿ¬‡°àß
illustrate  “∏‘µ illustrative ¡’¿“æª√–°Õ∫

en,n D
√“°»—æ∑å §”·ª≈ ‡µ‘¡ -ant,-ent §”·ª≈
wood ‰¡â wooden ∑”¥â«¬‰¡â
silk ‰À¡ silken ∑”¥â«¬‰À¡
gold ∑Õß golden ∑”¥â«¬∑Õß

ful D
√“°»—æ∑å §”·ª≈ ‡µ‘¡ -ful §”·ª≈
hand ¡◊Õ handful ‡µÁ¡¡◊Õ
care §«“¡√–¡—¥√–«—ß careful ‡µÁ¡‰ª¥â«¬§«“¡
√–¡—¥√–«—ß
beautiful §«“¡ «¬ beautiful ‡µÁ ¡ ‰ª¥â « ¬§«“¡
 «¬
power Õ”π“® powerful ‡µÁ¡‰ª¥â«¬Õ”π“®
peace  ß∫ peaceful ‡µÁ ¡ ‰ª¥â « ¬§«“¡
 ß∫ ÿ¢
thought §‘¥ thoughtful ‡µÁ¡‰ª¥â«¬§«“¡§‘¥
hope §«“¡À«—ß hopeful ‡µÁ¡‰ª¥â«¬§«“¡À«—ß
 Word Building 231

less D
√“°»—æ∑å §”·ª≈ ‡µ‘¡ -less §”·ª≈
life ™’«‘µ lifeless ∑’ˉ¡à¡’™’«‘µ
hope §«“¡À«—ß hopeless  ‘πÈ À«—ß
care √Õ∫§Õ∫ careless ª√–¡“∑
sense  µ‘ senseless  ‘πÈ  µ‘
home ∫â“π homeless ‰√â∑Õ’Ë ¬ŸÕà “»—¬
harm Õ—πµ√“¬ harmless ∑’‰Ë ¡à¡¿’ ¬—

ly D
√“°»—æ∑å §”·ª≈ ‡µ‘¡ ly- §”·ª≈
girl ‡¥Á°ºŸÀâ ≠‘ß girlly ‡À¡◊Õπ‡¥Á°ºŸâÀ≠‘ß
dog  ÿπ¢— dog ‡À¡◊Õπ ÿπ¢—
police µ”√«® policely ‡À¡◊Õπµ”√«®
mother ·¡à mother ‡À¡◊Õπ·¡à

B⁄ ye...Bye
 232  ÿ¥¬Õ¥ GRAM
GRAMMM AR

çNouns and Noun Phrases.é In Bach and Harms, eds., Bach,

Emmon, and Robert Harms, eds. Universals in Linguis-
tic New York : Holt, Rinehart and Winston, 1968
Emig, J., J. Fleming. and H. Popp, eds. Language and Learning.
New York : Harcourt, Brace & World, Inc., 1965.
Hasegawa, Kinsuke. The Passive Construction in English,
Language 44, 1968.
Jespersen, Otto. A Modern English Grammar on Historical
Principles. vol. 3 Heidelberg : carl Winters Univer-
sitatsbuch-Handlung, 1927.
Rosenbaum, peter S. The Grammar of English Predicate
Complement Constructions. Cambridge : The M.I.T,
Press, 1967.
Thomas, Owen. Transformational Grammar and the Teacher
of English. Titikides, T.J. Common Mistakes in
English, Fifth Edition, Longman Group. New York :
Holt, Rinehart and Winston, 1965.